1 /* ELF executable support for BFD.
3 Copyright (C) 1993-2016 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
19 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
20 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
27 BFD support for ELF formats is being worked on.
28 Currently, the best supported back ends are for sparc and i386
29 (running svr4 or Solaris 2).
31 Documentation of the internals of the support code still needs
32 to be written. The code is changing quickly enough that we
33 haven't bothered yet. */
35 /* For sparc64-cross-sparc32. */
43 #include "libiberty.h"
44 #include "safe-ctype.h"
45 #include "elf-linux-core.h"
51 static int elf_sort_sections (const void *, const void *);
52 static bfd_boolean assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *, struct bfd_link_info *);
53 static bfd_boolean prep_headers (bfd *);
54 static bfd_boolean swap_out_syms (bfd *, struct elf_strtab_hash **, int) ;
55 static bfd_boolean elf_read_notes (bfd *, file_ptr, bfd_size_type) ;
56 static bfd_boolean elf_parse_notes (bfd *abfd, char *buf, size_t size,
59 /* Swap version information in and out. The version information is
60 currently size independent. If that ever changes, this code will
61 need to move into elfcode.h. */
63 /* Swap in a Verdef structure. */
66 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (bfd *abfd,
67 const Elf_External_Verdef *src,
68 Elf_Internal_Verdef *dst)
70 dst->vd_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_version);
71 dst->vd_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags);
72 dst->vd_ndx = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx);
73 dst->vd_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt);
74 dst->vd_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash);
75 dst->vd_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux);
76 dst->vd_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vd_next);
79 /* Swap out a Verdef structure. */
82 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_out (bfd *abfd,
83 const Elf_Internal_Verdef *src,
84 Elf_External_Verdef *dst)
86 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_version, dst->vd_version);
87 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_flags, dst->vd_flags);
88 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_ndx, dst->vd_ndx);
89 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vd_cnt, dst->vd_cnt);
90 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_hash, dst->vd_hash);
91 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_aux, dst->vd_aux);
92 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vd_next, dst->vd_next);
95 /* Swap in a Verdaux structure. */
98 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (bfd *abfd,
99 const Elf_External_Verdaux *src,
100 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *dst)
102 dst->vda_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_name);
103 dst->vda_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vda_next);
106 /* Swap out a Verdaux structure. */
109 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_out (bfd *abfd,
110 const Elf_Internal_Verdaux *src,
111 Elf_External_Verdaux *dst)
113 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_name, dst->vda_name);
114 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vda_next, dst->vda_next);
117 /* Swap in a Verneed structure. */
120 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (bfd *abfd,
121 const Elf_External_Verneed *src,
122 Elf_Internal_Verneed *dst)
124 dst->vn_version = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_version);
125 dst->vn_cnt = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt);
126 dst->vn_file = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_file);
127 dst->vn_aux = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux);
128 dst->vn_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vn_next);
131 /* Swap out a Verneed structure. */
134 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_out (bfd *abfd,
135 const Elf_Internal_Verneed *src,
136 Elf_External_Verneed *dst)
138 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_version, dst->vn_version);
139 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vn_cnt, dst->vn_cnt);
140 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_file, dst->vn_file);
141 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_aux, dst->vn_aux);
142 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vn_next, dst->vn_next);
145 /* Swap in a Vernaux structure. */
148 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (bfd *abfd,
149 const Elf_External_Vernaux *src,
150 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *dst)
152 dst->vna_hash = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash);
153 dst->vna_flags = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags);
154 dst->vna_other = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vna_other);
155 dst->vna_name = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_name);
156 dst->vna_next = H_GET_32 (abfd, src->vna_next);
159 /* Swap out a Vernaux structure. */
162 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_out (bfd *abfd,
163 const Elf_Internal_Vernaux *src,
164 Elf_External_Vernaux *dst)
166 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_hash, dst->vna_hash);
167 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_flags, dst->vna_flags);
168 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vna_other, dst->vna_other);
169 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_name, dst->vna_name);
170 H_PUT_32 (abfd, src->vna_next, dst->vna_next);
173 /* Swap in a Versym structure. */
176 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_in (bfd *abfd,
177 const Elf_External_Versym *src,
178 Elf_Internal_Versym *dst)
180 dst->vs_vers = H_GET_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers);
183 /* Swap out a Versym structure. */
186 _bfd_elf_swap_versym_out (bfd *abfd,
187 const Elf_Internal_Versym *src,
188 Elf_External_Versym *dst)
190 H_PUT_16 (abfd, src->vs_vers, dst->vs_vers);
193 /* Standard ELF hash function. Do not change this function; you will
194 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
197 bfd_elf_hash (const char *namearg)
199 const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg;
204 while ((ch = *name++) != '\0')
207 if ((g = (h & 0xf0000000)) != 0)
210 /* The ELF ABI says `h &= ~g', but this is equivalent in
211 this case and on some machines one insn instead of two. */
215 return h & 0xffffffff;
218 /* DT_GNU_HASH hash function. Do not change this function; you will
219 cause invalid hash tables to be generated. */
222 bfd_elf_gnu_hash (const char *namearg)
224 const unsigned char *name = (const unsigned char *) namearg;
225 unsigned long h = 5381;
228 while ((ch = *name++) != '\0')
229 h = (h << 5) + h + ch;
230 return h & 0xffffffff;
233 /* Create a tdata field OBJECT_SIZE bytes in length, zeroed out and with
234 the object_id field of an elf_obj_tdata field set to OBJECT_ID. */
236 bfd_elf_allocate_object (bfd *abfd,
238 enum elf_target_id object_id)
240 BFD_ASSERT (object_size >= sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata));
241 abfd->tdata.any = bfd_zalloc (abfd, object_size);
242 if (abfd->tdata.any == NULL)
245 elf_object_id (abfd) = object_id;
246 if (abfd->direction != read_direction)
248 struct output_elf_obj_tdata *o = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof *o);
251 elf_tdata (abfd)->o = o;
252 elf_program_header_size (abfd) = (bfd_size_type) -1;
259 bfd_elf_make_object (bfd *abfd)
261 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
262 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd, sizeof (struct elf_obj_tdata),
267 bfd_elf_mkcorefile (bfd *abfd)
269 /* I think this can be done just like an object file. */
270 if (!abfd->xvec->_bfd_set_format[(int) bfd_object] (abfd))
272 elf_tdata (abfd)->core = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (*elf_tdata (abfd)->core));
273 return elf_tdata (abfd)->core != NULL;
277 bfd_elf_get_str_section (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex)
279 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
280 bfd_byte *shstrtab = NULL;
282 bfd_size_type shstrtabsize;
284 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
286 || shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd)
287 || i_shdrp[shindex] == 0)
290 shstrtab = i_shdrp[shindex]->contents;
291 if (shstrtab == NULL)
293 /* No cached one, attempt to read, and cache what we read. */
294 offset = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_offset;
295 shstrtabsize = i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size;
297 /* Allocate and clear an extra byte at the end, to prevent crashes
298 in case the string table is not terminated. */
299 if (shstrtabsize + 1 <= 1
300 || bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
301 || (shstrtab = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc (abfd, shstrtabsize + 1)) == NULL)
303 else if (bfd_bread (shstrtab, shstrtabsize, abfd) != shstrtabsize)
305 if (bfd_get_error () != bfd_error_system_call)
306 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_file_truncated);
307 bfd_release (abfd, shstrtab);
309 /* Once we've failed to read it, make sure we don't keep
310 trying. Otherwise, we'll keep allocating space for
311 the string table over and over. */
312 i_shdrp[shindex]->sh_size = 0;
315 shstrtab[shstrtabsize] = '\0';
316 i_shdrp[shindex]->contents = shstrtab;
318 return (char *) shstrtab;
322 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (bfd *abfd,
323 unsigned int shindex,
324 unsigned int strindex)
326 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
331 if (elf_elfsections (abfd) == NULL || shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd))
334 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
336 if (hdr->contents == NULL)
338 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_STRTAB && hdr->sh_type < SHT_LOOS)
340 /* PR 17512: file: f057ec89. */
341 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: attempt to load strings from a non-string section (number %d)"),
346 if (bfd_elf_get_str_section (abfd, shindex) == NULL)
350 if (strindex >= hdr->sh_size)
352 unsigned int shstrndx = elf_elfheader(abfd)->e_shstrndx;
353 (*_bfd_error_handler)
354 (_("%B: invalid string offset %u >= %lu for section `%s'"),
355 abfd, strindex, (unsigned long) hdr->sh_size,
356 (shindex == shstrndx && strindex == hdr->sh_name
358 : bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shstrndx, hdr->sh_name)));
362 return ((char *) hdr->contents) + strindex;
365 /* Read and convert symbols to internal format.
366 SYMCOUNT specifies the number of symbols to read, starting from
367 symbol SYMOFFSET. If any of INTSYM_BUF, EXTSYM_BUF or EXTSHNDX_BUF
368 are non-NULL, they are used to store the internal symbols, external
369 symbols, and symbol section index extensions, respectively.
370 Returns a pointer to the internal symbol buffer (malloced if necessary)
371 or NULL if there were no symbols or some kind of problem. */
374 bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (bfd *ibfd,
375 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
378 Elf_Internal_Sym *intsym_buf,
380 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *extshndx_buf)
382 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shndx_hdr;
384 const bfd_byte *esym;
385 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *alloc_extshndx;
386 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *shndx;
387 Elf_Internal_Sym *alloc_intsym;
388 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym;
389 Elf_Internal_Sym *isymend;
390 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
395 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
401 /* Normal syms might have section extension entries. */
403 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd) != NULL)
405 elf_section_list * entry;
406 Elf_Internal_Shdr **sections = elf_elfsections (ibfd);
408 /* Find an index section that is linked to this symtab section. */
409 for (entry = elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd); entry != NULL; entry = entry->next)
410 if (sections[entry->hdr.sh_link] == symtab_hdr)
412 shndx_hdr = & entry->hdr;
416 if (shndx_hdr == NULL)
418 if (symtab_hdr == & elf_symtab_hdr (ibfd))
419 /* Not really accurate, but this was how the old code used to work. */
420 shndx_hdr = & elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd)->hdr;
421 /* Otherwise we do nothing. The assumption is that
422 the index table will not be needed. */
426 /* Read the symbols. */
428 alloc_extshndx = NULL;
430 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
431 extsym_size = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
432 amt = symcount * extsym_size;
433 pos = symtab_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * extsym_size;
434 if (extsym_buf == NULL)
436 alloc_ext = bfd_malloc2 (symcount, extsym_size);
437 extsym_buf = alloc_ext;
439 if (extsym_buf == NULL
440 || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
441 || bfd_bread (extsym_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt)
447 if (shndx_hdr == NULL || shndx_hdr->sh_size == 0)
451 amt = symcount * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
452 pos = shndx_hdr->sh_offset + symoffset * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
453 if (extshndx_buf == NULL)
455 alloc_extshndx = (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx *)
456 bfd_malloc2 (symcount, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx));
457 extshndx_buf = alloc_extshndx;
459 if (extshndx_buf == NULL
460 || bfd_seek (ibfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
461 || bfd_bread (extshndx_buf, amt, ibfd) != amt)
468 if (intsym_buf == NULL)
470 alloc_intsym = (Elf_Internal_Sym *)
471 bfd_malloc2 (symcount, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Sym));
472 intsym_buf = alloc_intsym;
473 if (intsym_buf == NULL)
477 /* Convert the symbols to internal form. */
478 isymend = intsym_buf + symcount;
479 for (esym = (const bfd_byte *) extsym_buf, isym = intsym_buf,
480 shndx = extshndx_buf;
482 esym += extsym_size, isym++, shndx = shndx != NULL ? shndx + 1 : NULL)
483 if (!(*bed->s->swap_symbol_in) (ibfd, esym, shndx, isym))
485 symoffset += (esym - (bfd_byte *) extsym_buf) / extsym_size;
486 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B symbol number %lu references "
487 "nonexistent SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX section"),
488 ibfd, (unsigned long) symoffset);
489 if (alloc_intsym != NULL)
496 if (alloc_ext != NULL)
498 if (alloc_extshndx != NULL)
499 free (alloc_extshndx);
504 /* Look up a symbol name. */
506 bfd_elf_sym_name (bfd *abfd,
507 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr,
508 Elf_Internal_Sym *isym,
512 unsigned int iname = isym->st_name;
513 unsigned int shindex = symtab_hdr->sh_link;
515 if (iname == 0 && ELF_ST_TYPE (isym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
516 /* Check for a bogus st_shndx to avoid crashing. */
517 && isym->st_shndx < elf_numsections (abfd))
519 iname = elf_elfsections (abfd)[isym->st_shndx]->sh_name;
520 shindex = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx;
523 name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shindex, iname);
526 else if (sym_sec && *name == '\0')
527 name = bfd_section_name (abfd, sym_sec);
532 /* Elf_Internal_Shdr->contents is an array of these for SHT_GROUP
533 sections. The first element is the flags, the rest are section
536 typedef union elf_internal_group {
537 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr;
539 } Elf_Internal_Group;
541 /* Return the name of the group signature symbol. Why isn't the
542 signature just a string? */
545 group_signature (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *ghdr)
547 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
548 unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)];
549 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx;
550 Elf_Internal_Sym isym;
552 /* First we need to ensure the symbol table is available. Make sure
553 that it is a symbol table section. */
554 if (ghdr->sh_link >= elf_numsections (abfd))
556 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd) [ghdr->sh_link];
557 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB
558 || ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, ghdr->sh_link))
561 /* Go read the symbol. */
562 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
563 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, hdr, 1, ghdr->sh_info,
564 &isym, esym, &eshndx) == NULL)
567 return bfd_elf_sym_name (abfd, hdr, &isym, NULL);
570 /* Set next_in_group list pointer, and group name for NEWSECT. */
573 setup_group (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr, asection *newsect)
575 unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group;
577 /* If num_group is zero, read in all SHT_GROUP sections. The count
578 is set to -1 if there are no SHT_GROUP sections. */
581 unsigned int i, shnum;
583 /* First count the number of groups. If we have a SHT_GROUP
584 section with just a flag word (ie. sh_size is 4), ignore it. */
585 shnum = elf_numsections (abfd);
588 #define IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER(shdr, minsize) \
589 ( (shdr)->sh_type == SHT_GROUP \
590 && (shdr)->sh_size >= minsize \
591 && (shdr)->sh_entsize == GRP_ENTRY_SIZE \
592 && ((shdr)->sh_size % GRP_ENTRY_SIZE) == 0)
594 for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++)
596 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
598 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE))
604 num_group = (unsigned) -1;
605 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
609 /* We keep a list of elf section headers for group sections,
610 so we can find them quickly. */
613 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
614 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr = (Elf_Internal_Shdr **)
615 bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_group, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
616 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr == NULL)
620 for (i = 0; i < shnum; i++)
622 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
624 if (IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (shdr, 2 * GRP_ENTRY_SIZE))
627 Elf_Internal_Group *dest;
629 /* Add to list of sections. */
630 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[num_group] = shdr;
633 /* Read the raw contents. */
634 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (*dest) >= 4);
635 amt = shdr->sh_size * sizeof (*dest) / 4;
636 shdr->contents = (unsigned char *)
637 bfd_alloc2 (abfd, shdr->sh_size, sizeof (*dest) / 4);
638 /* PR binutils/4110: Handle corrupt group headers. */
639 if (shdr->contents == NULL)
642 (_("%B: corrupt size field in group section header: 0x%lx"), abfd, shdr->sh_size);
643 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
648 memset (shdr->contents, 0, amt);
650 if (bfd_seek (abfd, shdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
651 || (bfd_bread (shdr->contents, shdr->sh_size, abfd)
655 (_("%B: invalid size field in group section header: 0x%lx"), abfd, shdr->sh_size);
656 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
658 /* PR 17510: If the group contents are even partially
659 corrupt, do not allow any of the contents to be used. */
660 memset (shdr->contents, 0, amt);
664 /* Translate raw contents, a flag word followed by an
665 array of elf section indices all in target byte order,
666 to the flag word followed by an array of elf section
668 src = shdr->contents + shdr->sh_size;
669 dest = (Elf_Internal_Group *) (shdr->contents + amt);
677 idx = H_GET_32 (abfd, src);
678 if (src == shdr->contents)
681 if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL && (idx & GRP_COMDAT))
682 shdr->bfd_section->flags
683 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
688 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
689 (_("%B: invalid SHT_GROUP entry"), abfd));
692 dest->shdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[idx];
697 /* PR 17510: Corrupt binaries might contain invalid groups. */
698 if (num_group != (unsigned) elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group)
700 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group;
702 /* If all groups are invalid then fail. */
705 elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr = NULL;
706 elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group = num_group = -1;
707 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: no valid group sections found"), abfd);
708 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
714 if (num_group != (unsigned) -1)
718 for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++)
720 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i];
721 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
722 unsigned int n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
724 /* Look through this group's sections to see if current
725 section is a member. */
727 if ((++idx)->shdr == hdr)
731 /* We are a member of this group. Go looking through
732 other members to see if any others are linked via
734 idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
735 n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
737 if ((s = (++idx)->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL
738 && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL)
742 /* Snarf the group name from other member, and
743 insert current section in circular list. */
744 elf_group_name (newsect) = elf_group_name (s);
745 elf_next_in_group (newsect) = elf_next_in_group (s);
746 elf_next_in_group (s) = newsect;
752 gname = group_signature (abfd, shdr);
755 elf_group_name (newsect) = gname;
757 /* Start a circular list with one element. */
758 elf_next_in_group (newsect) = newsect;
761 /* If the group section has been created, point to the
763 if (shdr->bfd_section != NULL)
764 elf_next_in_group (shdr->bfd_section) = newsect;
772 if (elf_group_name (newsect) == NULL)
774 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("%B: no group info for section %A"),
782 _bfd_elf_setup_sections (bfd *abfd)
785 unsigned int num_group = elf_tdata (abfd)->num_group;
786 bfd_boolean result = TRUE;
789 /* Process SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
790 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
792 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr = &elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr;
793 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
795 unsigned int elfsec = this_hdr->sh_link;
796 /* FIXME: The old Intel compiler and old strip/objcopy may
797 not set the sh_link or sh_info fields. Hence we could
798 get the situation where elfsec is 0. */
801 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
802 if (bed->link_order_error_handler)
803 bed->link_order_error_handler
804 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
809 asection *linksec = NULL;
811 if (elfsec < elf_numsections (abfd))
813 this_hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec];
814 linksec = this_hdr->bfd_section;
818 Some strip/objcopy may leave an incorrect value in
819 sh_link. We don't want to proceed. */
822 (*_bfd_error_handler)
823 (_("%B: sh_link [%d] in section `%A' is incorrect"),
824 s->owner, s, elfsec);
828 elf_linked_to_section (s) = linksec;
833 /* Process section groups. */
834 if (num_group == (unsigned) -1)
837 for (i = 0; i < num_group; i++)
839 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->group_sect_ptr[i];
840 Elf_Internal_Group *idx;
843 /* PR binutils/18758: Beware of corrupt binaries with invalid group data. */
844 if (shdr == NULL || shdr->bfd_section == NULL || shdr->contents == NULL)
846 (*_bfd_error_handler)
847 (_("%B: section group entry number %u is corrupt"),
853 idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) shdr->contents;
854 n_elt = shdr->sh_size / 4;
857 if ((++idx)->shdr->bfd_section)
858 elf_sec_group (idx->shdr->bfd_section) = shdr->bfd_section;
859 else if (idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA
860 || idx->shdr->sh_type == SHT_REL)
861 /* We won't include relocation sections in section groups in
862 output object files. We adjust the group section size here
863 so that relocatable link will work correctly when
864 relocation sections are in section group in input object
866 shdr->bfd_section->size -= 4;
869 /* There are some unknown sections in the group. */
870 (*_bfd_error_handler)
871 (_("%B: unknown [%d] section `%s' in group [%s]"),
873 (unsigned int) idx->shdr->sh_type,
874 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd,
875 (elf_elfheader (abfd)
878 shdr->bfd_section->name);
886 bfd_elf_is_group_section (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, const asection *sec)
888 return elf_next_in_group (sec) != NULL;
892 convert_debug_to_zdebug (bfd *abfd, const char *name)
894 unsigned int len = strlen (name);
895 char *new_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 2);
896 if (new_name == NULL)
900 memcpy (new_name + 2, name + 1, len);
905 convert_zdebug_to_debug (bfd *abfd, const char *name)
907 unsigned int len = strlen (name);
908 char *new_name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
909 if (new_name == NULL)
912 memcpy (new_name + 1, name + 2, len - 1);
916 /* Make a BFD section from an ELF section. We store a pointer to the
917 BFD section in the bfd_section field of the header. */
920 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd,
921 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr,
927 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
929 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
932 newsect = bfd_make_section_anyway (abfd, name);
936 hdr->bfd_section = newsect;
937 elf_section_data (newsect)->this_hdr = *hdr;
938 elf_section_data (newsect)->this_idx = shindex;
940 /* Always use the real type/flags. */
941 elf_section_type (newsect) = hdr->sh_type;
942 elf_section_flags (newsect) = hdr->sh_flags;
944 newsect->filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
946 if (! bfd_set_section_vma (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_addr)
947 || ! bfd_set_section_size (abfd, newsect, hdr->sh_size)
948 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd, newsect,
949 bfd_log2 (hdr->sh_addralign)))
952 flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
953 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
954 flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
955 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
956 flags |= SEC_GROUP | SEC_EXCLUDE;
957 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
960 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
963 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) == 0)
964 flags |= SEC_READONLY;
965 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0)
967 else if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
969 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_MERGE) != 0)
972 newsect->entsize = hdr->sh_entsize;
974 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_STRINGS) != 0)
975 flags |= SEC_STRINGS;
976 if (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_GROUP)
977 if (!setup_group (abfd, hdr, newsect))
979 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) != 0)
980 flags |= SEC_THREAD_LOCAL;
981 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXCLUDE) != 0)
982 flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
984 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
986 /* The debugging sections appear to be recognized only by name,
987 not any sort of flag. Their SEC_ALLOC bits are cleared. */
994 else if (name[1] == 'g' && name[2] == 'n')
995 p = ".gnu.linkonce.wi.", n = 17;
996 else if (name[1] == 'g' && name[2] == 'd')
997 p = ".gdb_index", n = 11; /* yes we really do mean 11. */
998 else if (name[1] == 'l')
1000 else if (name[1] == 's')
1002 else if (name[1] == 'z')
1003 p = ".zdebug", n = 7;
1006 if (p != NULL && strncmp (name, p, n) == 0)
1007 flags |= SEC_DEBUGGING;
1011 /* As a GNU extension, if the name begins with .gnu.linkonce, we
1012 only link a single copy of the section. This is used to support
1013 g++. g++ will emit each template expansion in its own section.
1014 The symbols will be defined as weak, so that multiple definitions
1015 are permitted. The GNU linker extension is to actually discard
1016 all but one of the sections. */
1017 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name, ".gnu.linkonce")
1018 && elf_next_in_group (newsect) == NULL)
1019 flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
1021 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1022 if (bed->elf_backend_section_flags)
1023 if (! bed->elf_backend_section_flags (&flags, hdr))
1026 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd, newsect, flags))
1029 /* We do not parse the PT_NOTE segments as we are interested even in the
1030 separate debug info files which may have the segments offsets corrupted.
1031 PT_NOTEs from the core files are currently not parsed using BFD. */
1032 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOTE)
1036 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, newsect, &contents))
1039 elf_parse_notes (abfd, (char *) contents, hdr->sh_size, -1);
1043 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1045 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdr;
1046 unsigned int i, nload;
1048 /* Some ELF linkers produce binaries with all the program header
1049 p_paddr fields zero. If we have such a binary with more than
1050 one PT_LOAD header, then leave the section lma equal to vma
1051 so that we don't create sections with overlapping lma. */
1052 phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
1053 for (nload = 0, i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
1054 if (phdr->p_paddr != 0)
1056 else if (phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD && phdr->p_memsz != 0)
1058 if (i >= elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum && nload > 1)
1061 phdr = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
1062 for (i = 0; i < elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum; i++, phdr++)
1064 if (((phdr->p_type == PT_LOAD
1065 && (hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0)
1066 || phdr->p_type == PT_TLS)
1067 && ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (hdr, phdr))
1069 if ((flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
1070 newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr
1071 + hdr->sh_addr - phdr->p_vaddr);
1073 /* We used to use the same adjustment for SEC_LOAD
1074 sections, but that doesn't work if the segment
1075 is packed with code from multiple VMAs.
1076 Instead we calculate the section LMA based on
1077 the segment LMA. It is assumed that the
1078 segment will contain sections with contiguous
1079 LMAs, even if the VMAs are not. */
1080 newsect->lma = (phdr->p_paddr
1081 + hdr->sh_offset - phdr->p_offset);
1083 /* With contiguous segments, we can't tell from file
1084 offsets whether a section with zero size should
1085 be placed at the end of one segment or the
1086 beginning of the next. Decide based on vaddr. */
1087 if (hdr->sh_addr >= phdr->p_vaddr
1088 && (hdr->sh_addr + hdr->sh_size
1089 <= phdr->p_vaddr + phdr->p_memsz))
1095 /* Compress/decompress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_* and
1096 .zdebug_*, after the section flags is set. */
1097 if ((flags & SEC_DEBUGGING)
1098 && ((name[1] == 'd' && name[6] == '_')
1099 || (name[1] == 'z' && name[7] == '_')))
1101 enum { nothing, compress, decompress } action = nothing;
1102 int compression_header_size;
1103 bfd_size_type uncompressed_size;
1104 bfd_boolean compressed
1105 = bfd_is_section_compressed_with_header (abfd, newsect,
1106 &compression_header_size,
1107 &uncompressed_size);
1111 /* Compressed section. Check if we should decompress. */
1112 if ((abfd->flags & BFD_DECOMPRESS))
1113 action = decompress;
1116 /* Compress the uncompressed section or convert from/to .zdebug*
1117 section. Check if we should compress. */
1118 if (action == nothing)
1120 if (newsect->size != 0
1121 && (abfd->flags & BFD_COMPRESS)
1122 && compression_header_size >= 0
1123 && uncompressed_size > 0
1125 || ((compression_header_size > 0)
1126 != ((abfd->flags & BFD_COMPRESS_GABI) != 0))))
1132 if (action == compress)
1134 if (!bfd_init_section_compress_status (abfd, newsect))
1136 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1137 (_("%B: unable to initialize compress status for section %s"),
1144 if (!bfd_init_section_decompress_status (abfd, newsect))
1146 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1147 (_("%B: unable to initialize decompress status for section %s"),
1153 if (abfd->is_linker_input)
1156 && (action == decompress
1157 || (action == compress
1158 && (abfd->flags & BFD_COMPRESS_GABI) != 0)))
1160 /* Convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* so
1161 that linker will consider this section as a debug
1163 char *new_name = convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd, name);
1164 if (new_name == NULL)
1166 bfd_rename_section (abfd, newsect, new_name);
1170 /* For objdump, don't rename the section. For objcopy, delay
1171 section rename to elf_fake_sections. */
1172 newsect->flags |= SEC_ELF_RENAME;
1178 const char *const bfd_elf_section_type_names[] =
1180 "SHT_NULL", "SHT_PROGBITS", "SHT_SYMTAB", "SHT_STRTAB",
1181 "SHT_RELA", "SHT_HASH", "SHT_DYNAMIC", "SHT_NOTE",
1182 "SHT_NOBITS", "SHT_REL", "SHT_SHLIB", "SHT_DYNSYM",
1185 /* ELF relocs are against symbols. If we are producing relocatable
1186 output, and the reloc is against an external symbol, and nothing
1187 has given us any additional addend, the resulting reloc will also
1188 be against the same symbol. In such a case, we don't want to
1189 change anything about the way the reloc is handled, since it will
1190 all be done at final link time. Rather than put special case code
1191 into bfd_perform_relocation, all the reloc types use this howto
1192 function. It just short circuits the reloc if producing
1193 relocatable output against an external symbol. */
1195 bfd_reloc_status_type
1196 bfd_elf_generic_reloc (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1197 arelent *reloc_entry,
1199 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1200 asection *input_section,
1202 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1204 if (output_bfd != NULL
1205 && (symbol->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
1206 && (! reloc_entry->howto->partial_inplace
1207 || reloc_entry->addend == 0))
1209 reloc_entry->address += input_section->output_offset;
1210 return bfd_reloc_ok;
1213 return bfd_reloc_continue;
1216 /* Returns TRUE if section A matches section B.
1217 Names, addresses and links may be different, but everything else
1218 should be the same. */
1221 section_match (Elf_Internal_Shdr * a, Elf_Internal_Shdr * b)
1224 a->sh_type == b->sh_type
1225 && a->sh_flags == b->sh_flags
1226 && a->sh_addralign == b->sh_addralign
1227 && a->sh_size == b->sh_size
1228 && a->sh_entsize == b->sh_entsize
1229 /* FIXME: Check sh_addr ? */
1233 /* Find a section in OBFD that has the same characteristics
1234 as IHEADER. Return the index of this section or SHN_UNDEF if
1235 none can be found. Check's section HINT first, as this is likely
1236 to be the correct section. */
1239 find_link (bfd * obfd, Elf_Internal_Shdr * iheader, unsigned int hint)
1241 Elf_Internal_Shdr ** oheaders = elf_elfsections (obfd);
1244 if (section_match (oheaders[hint], iheader))
1247 for (i = 1; i < elf_numsections (obfd); i++)
1249 Elf_Internal_Shdr * oheader = oheaders[i];
1251 if (section_match (oheader, iheader))
1252 /* FIXME: Do we care if there is a potential for
1253 multiple matches ? */
1260 /* Copy the program header and other data from one object module to
1264 _bfd_elf_copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
1266 Elf_Internal_Shdr ** iheaders = elf_elfsections (ibfd);
1267 Elf_Internal_Shdr ** oheaders = elf_elfsections (obfd);
1270 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
1271 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
1274 if (!elf_flags_init (obfd))
1276 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_flags = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_flags;
1277 elf_flags_init (obfd) = TRUE;
1280 elf_gp (obfd) = elf_gp (ibfd);
1282 /* Also copy the EI_OSABI field. */
1283 elf_elfheader (obfd)->e_ident[EI_OSABI] =
1284 elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_ident[EI_OSABI];
1286 /* Copy object attributes. */
1287 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd, obfd);
1289 if (iheaders == NULL || oheaders == NULL)
1292 /* Possibly copy the sh_info and sh_link fields. */
1293 for (i = 1; i < elf_numsections (obfd); i++)
1296 Elf_Internal_Shdr * oheader = oheaders[i];
1299 || (oheader->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS
1300 && oheader->sh_type < SHT_LOOS)
1301 || oheader->sh_size == 0
1302 || (oheader->sh_info != 0 && oheader->sh_link != 0))
1305 /* Scan for the matching section in the input bfd.
1306 FIXME: We could use something better than a linear scan here.
1307 Unfortunately we cannot compare names as the output string table
1308 is empty, so instead we check size, address and type. */
1309 for (j = 1; j < elf_numsections (ibfd); j++)
1311 Elf_Internal_Shdr * iheader = iheaders[j];
1313 /* Since --only-keep-debug turns all non-debug sections into
1314 SHT_NOBITS sections, the output SHT_NOBITS type matches any
1316 if ((oheader->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS
1317 || iheader->sh_type == oheader->sh_type)
1318 && iheader->sh_flags == oheader->sh_flags
1319 && iheader->sh_addralign == oheader->sh_addralign
1320 && iheader->sh_entsize == oheader->sh_entsize
1321 && iheader->sh_size == oheader->sh_size
1322 && iheader->sh_addr == oheader->sh_addr
1323 && (iheader->sh_info != oheader->sh_info
1324 || iheader->sh_link != oheader->sh_link))
1326 /* PR 19938: Attempt to preserve the sh_link and sh_info fields
1327 of OS and Processor specific sections. We try harder for
1328 these sections, because this is not just about matching
1329 stripped binaries to their originals. */
1330 if (oheader->sh_type >= SHT_LOOS)
1332 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (obfd);
1333 bfd_boolean changed = FALSE;
1336 /* Allow the target a chance to decide how these fields should
1338 if (bed->elf_backend_set_special_section_info_and_link != NULL
1339 && bed->elf_backend_set_special_section_info_and_link
1340 (ibfd, obfd, iheader, oheader))
1343 /* We have iheader which matches oheader, but which has
1344 non-zero sh_info and/or sh_link fields. Attempt to
1345 follow those links and find the section in the output
1346 bfd which corresponds to the linked section in the input
1348 if (iheader->sh_link != SHN_UNDEF)
1350 link = find_link (obfd, iheaders[iheader->sh_link],
1352 if (link != SHN_UNDEF)
1354 oheader->sh_link = link;
1358 /* FIXME: Should we install iheader->sh_link
1359 if we could not find a match ? */
1360 (* _bfd_error_handler)
1361 (_("%B: Failed to find link section for section %d"),
1365 if (iheader->sh_info)
1367 /* The sh_info field can hold arbitrary information,
1368 but if the SHF_LINK_INFO flag is set then it
1369 should be interpreted as a section index. */
1370 if (iheader->sh_flags & SHF_INFO_LINK)
1371 link = find_link (obfd, iheaders[iheader->sh_info],
1374 /* No idea what it means - just copy it. */
1375 link = iheader->sh_info;
1377 if (link != SHN_UNDEF)
1379 oheader->sh_info = link;
1383 (* _bfd_error_handler)
1384 (_("%B: Failed to find info section for section %d"),
1393 /* This is an feature for objcopy --only-keep-debug:
1394 When a section's type is changed to NOBITS, we preserve
1395 the sh_link and sh_info fields so that they can be
1396 matched up with the original.
1398 Note: Strictly speaking these assignments are wrong.
1399 The sh_link and sh_info fields should point to the
1400 relevent sections in the output BFD, which may not be in
1401 the same location as they were in the input BFD. But
1402 the whole point of this action is to preserve the
1403 original values of the sh_link and sh_info fields, so
1404 that they can be matched up with the section headers in
1405 the original file. So strictly speaking we may be
1406 creating an invalid ELF file, but it is only for a file
1407 that just contains debug info and only for sections
1408 without any contents. */
1409 if (oheader->sh_link == 0)
1410 oheader->sh_link = iheader->sh_link;
1411 if (oheader->sh_info == 0)
1412 oheader->sh_info = iheader->sh_info;
1423 get_segment_type (unsigned int p_type)
1428 case PT_NULL: pt = "NULL"; break;
1429 case PT_LOAD: pt = "LOAD"; break;
1430 case PT_DYNAMIC: pt = "DYNAMIC"; break;
1431 case PT_INTERP: pt = "INTERP"; break;
1432 case PT_NOTE: pt = "NOTE"; break;
1433 case PT_SHLIB: pt = "SHLIB"; break;
1434 case PT_PHDR: pt = "PHDR"; break;
1435 case PT_TLS: pt = "TLS"; break;
1436 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME: pt = "EH_FRAME"; break;
1437 case PT_GNU_STACK: pt = "STACK"; break;
1438 case PT_GNU_RELRO: pt = "RELRO"; break;
1439 default: pt = NULL; break;
1444 /* Print out the program headers. */
1447 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd *abfd, void *farg)
1449 FILE *f = (FILE *) farg;
1450 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
1452 bfd_byte *dynbuf = NULL;
1454 p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
1459 fprintf (f, _("\nProgram Header:\n"));
1460 c = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
1461 for (i = 0; i < c; i++, p++)
1463 const char *pt = get_segment_type (p->p_type);
1468 sprintf (buf, "0x%lx", p->p_type);
1471 fprintf (f, "%8s off 0x", pt);
1472 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_offset);
1473 fprintf (f, " vaddr 0x");
1474 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_vaddr);
1475 fprintf (f, " paddr 0x");
1476 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_paddr);
1477 fprintf (f, " align 2**%u\n", bfd_log2 (p->p_align));
1478 fprintf (f, " filesz 0x");
1479 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_filesz);
1480 fprintf (f, " memsz 0x");
1481 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, p->p_memsz);
1482 fprintf (f, " flags %c%c%c",
1483 (p->p_flags & PF_R) != 0 ? 'r' : '-',
1484 (p->p_flags & PF_W) != 0 ? 'w' : '-',
1485 (p->p_flags & PF_X) != 0 ? 'x' : '-');
1486 if ((p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X)) != 0)
1487 fprintf (f, " %lx", p->p_flags &~ (unsigned) (PF_R | PF_W | PF_X));
1492 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
1495 unsigned int elfsec;
1496 unsigned long shlink;
1497 bfd_byte *extdyn, *extdynend;
1499 void (*swap_dyn_in) (bfd *, const void *, Elf_Internal_Dyn *);
1501 fprintf (f, _("\nDynamic Section:\n"));
1503 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd, s, &dynbuf))
1506 elfsec = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, s);
1507 if (elfsec == SHN_BAD)
1509 shlink = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elfsec]->sh_link;
1511 extdynsize = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn;
1512 swap_dyn_in = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->swap_dyn_in;
1515 /* PR 17512: file: 6f427532. */
1516 if (s->size < extdynsize)
1518 extdynend = extdyn + s->size;
1519 /* PR 17512: file: id:000006,sig:06,src:000000,op:flip4,pos:5664.
1521 for (; extdyn <= (extdynend - extdynsize); extdyn += extdynsize)
1523 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn;
1524 const char *name = "";
1526 bfd_boolean stringp;
1527 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1529 (*swap_dyn_in) (abfd, extdyn, &dyn);
1531 if (dyn.d_tag == DT_NULL)
1538 if (bed->elf_backend_get_target_dtag)
1539 name = (*bed->elf_backend_get_target_dtag) (dyn.d_tag);
1541 if (!strcmp (name, ""))
1543 sprintf (ab, "0x%lx", (unsigned long) dyn.d_tag);
1548 case DT_NEEDED: name = "NEEDED"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1549 case DT_PLTRELSZ: name = "PLTRELSZ"; break;
1550 case DT_PLTGOT: name = "PLTGOT"; break;
1551 case DT_HASH: name = "HASH"; break;
1552 case DT_STRTAB: name = "STRTAB"; break;
1553 case DT_SYMTAB: name = "SYMTAB"; break;
1554 case DT_RELA: name = "RELA"; break;
1555 case DT_RELASZ: name = "RELASZ"; break;
1556 case DT_RELAENT: name = "RELAENT"; break;
1557 case DT_STRSZ: name = "STRSZ"; break;
1558 case DT_SYMENT: name = "SYMENT"; break;
1559 case DT_INIT: name = "INIT"; break;
1560 case DT_FINI: name = "FINI"; break;
1561 case DT_SONAME: name = "SONAME"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1562 case DT_RPATH: name = "RPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1563 case DT_SYMBOLIC: name = "SYMBOLIC"; break;
1564 case DT_REL: name = "REL"; break;
1565 case DT_RELSZ: name = "RELSZ"; break;
1566 case DT_RELENT: name = "RELENT"; break;
1567 case DT_PLTREL: name = "PLTREL"; break;
1568 case DT_DEBUG: name = "DEBUG"; break;
1569 case DT_TEXTREL: name = "TEXTREL"; break;
1570 case DT_JMPREL: name = "JMPREL"; break;
1571 case DT_BIND_NOW: name = "BIND_NOW"; break;
1572 case DT_INIT_ARRAY: name = "INIT_ARRAY"; break;
1573 case DT_FINI_ARRAY: name = "FINI_ARRAY"; break;
1574 case DT_INIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "INIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1575 case DT_FINI_ARRAYSZ: name = "FINI_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1576 case DT_RUNPATH: name = "RUNPATH"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1577 case DT_FLAGS: name = "FLAGS"; break;
1578 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAY: name = "PREINIT_ARRAY"; break;
1579 case DT_PREINIT_ARRAYSZ: name = "PREINIT_ARRAYSZ"; break;
1580 case DT_CHECKSUM: name = "CHECKSUM"; break;
1581 case DT_PLTPADSZ: name = "PLTPADSZ"; break;
1582 case DT_MOVEENT: name = "MOVEENT"; break;
1583 case DT_MOVESZ: name = "MOVESZ"; break;
1584 case DT_FEATURE: name = "FEATURE"; break;
1585 case DT_POSFLAG_1: name = "POSFLAG_1"; break;
1586 case DT_SYMINSZ: name = "SYMINSZ"; break;
1587 case DT_SYMINENT: name = "SYMINENT"; break;
1588 case DT_CONFIG: name = "CONFIG"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1589 case DT_DEPAUDIT: name = "DEPAUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1590 case DT_AUDIT: name = "AUDIT"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1591 case DT_PLTPAD: name = "PLTPAD"; break;
1592 case DT_MOVETAB: name = "MOVETAB"; break;
1593 case DT_SYMINFO: name = "SYMINFO"; break;
1594 case DT_RELACOUNT: name = "RELACOUNT"; break;
1595 case DT_RELCOUNT: name = "RELCOUNT"; break;
1596 case DT_FLAGS_1: name = "FLAGS_1"; break;
1597 case DT_VERSYM: name = "VERSYM"; break;
1598 case DT_VERDEF: name = "VERDEF"; break;
1599 case DT_VERDEFNUM: name = "VERDEFNUM"; break;
1600 case DT_VERNEED: name = "VERNEED"; break;
1601 case DT_VERNEEDNUM: name = "VERNEEDNUM"; break;
1602 case DT_AUXILIARY: name = "AUXILIARY"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1603 case DT_USED: name = "USED"; break;
1604 case DT_FILTER: name = "FILTER"; stringp = TRUE; break;
1605 case DT_GNU_HASH: name = "GNU_HASH"; break;
1608 fprintf (f, " %-20s ", name);
1612 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, f, dyn.d_un.d_val);
1617 unsigned int tagv = dyn.d_un.d_val;
1619 string = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, shlink, tagv);
1622 fprintf (f, "%s", string);
1631 if ((elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
1632 || (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0 && elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL))
1634 if (! _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (abfd, FALSE))
1638 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
1640 Elf_Internal_Verdef *t;
1642 fprintf (f, _("\nVersion definitions:\n"));
1643 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef; t != NULL; t = t->vd_nextdef)
1645 fprintf (f, "%d 0x%2.2x 0x%8.8lx %s\n", t->vd_ndx,
1646 t->vd_flags, t->vd_hash,
1647 t->vd_nodename ? t->vd_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1648 if (t->vd_auxptr != NULL && t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr != NULL)
1650 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *a;
1653 for (a = t->vd_auxptr->vda_nextptr;
1657 a->vda_nodename ? a->vda_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1663 if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
1665 Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
1667 fprintf (f, _("\nVersion References:\n"));
1668 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref; t != NULL; t = t->vn_nextref)
1670 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
1672 fprintf (f, _(" required from %s:\n"),
1673 t->vn_filename ? t->vn_filename : "<corrupt>");
1674 for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
1675 fprintf (f, " 0x%8.8lx 0x%2.2x %2.2d %s\n", a->vna_hash,
1676 a->vna_flags, a->vna_other,
1677 a->vna_nodename ? a->vna_nodename : "<corrupt>");
1689 /* Get version string. */
1692 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (bfd *abfd, asymbol *symbol,
1693 bfd_boolean *hidden)
1695 const char *version_string = NULL;
1696 if (elf_dynversym (abfd) != 0
1697 && (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0 || elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0))
1699 unsigned int vernum = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->version;
1701 *hidden = (vernum & VERSYM_HIDDEN) != 0;
1702 vernum &= VERSYM_VERSION;
1705 version_string = "";
1706 else if (vernum == 1)
1707 version_string = "Base";
1708 else if (vernum <= elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs)
1710 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[vernum - 1].vd_nodename;
1713 Elf_Internal_Verneed *t;
1715 version_string = "";
1716 for (t = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
1720 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *a;
1722 for (a = t->vn_auxptr; a != NULL; a = a->vna_nextptr)
1724 if (a->vna_other == vernum)
1726 version_string = a->vna_nodename;
1733 return version_string;
1736 /* Display ELF-specific fields of a symbol. */
1739 bfd_elf_print_symbol (bfd *abfd,
1742 bfd_print_symbol_type how)
1744 FILE *file = (FILE *) filep;
1747 case bfd_print_symbol_name:
1748 fprintf (file, "%s", symbol->name);
1750 case bfd_print_symbol_more:
1751 fprintf (file, "elf ");
1752 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, symbol->value);
1753 fprintf (file, " %lx", (unsigned long) symbol->flags);
1755 case bfd_print_symbol_all:
1757 const char *section_name;
1758 const char *name = NULL;
1759 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
1760 unsigned char st_other;
1762 const char *version_string;
1765 section_name = symbol->section ? symbol->section->name : "(*none*)";
1767 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1768 if (bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all)
1769 name = (*bed->elf_backend_print_symbol_all) (abfd, filep, symbol);
1773 name = symbol->name;
1774 bfd_print_symbol_vandf (abfd, file, symbol);
1777 fprintf (file, " %s\t", section_name);
1778 /* Print the "other" value for a symbol. For common symbols,
1779 we've already printed the size; now print the alignment.
1780 For other symbols, we have no specified alignment, and
1781 we've printed the address; now print the size. */
1782 if (symbol->section && bfd_is_com_section (symbol->section))
1783 val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_value;
1785 val = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_size;
1786 bfd_fprintf_vma (abfd, file, val);
1788 /* If we have version information, print it. */
1789 version_string = _bfd_elf_get_symbol_version_string (abfd,
1795 fprintf (file, " %-11s", version_string);
1800 fprintf (file, " (%s)", version_string);
1801 for (i = 10 - strlen (version_string); i > 0; --i)
1806 /* If the st_other field is not zero, print it. */
1807 st_other = ((elf_symbol_type *) symbol)->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
1812 case STV_INTERNAL: fprintf (file, " .internal"); break;
1813 case STV_HIDDEN: fprintf (file, " .hidden"); break;
1814 case STV_PROTECTED: fprintf (file, " .protected"); break;
1816 /* Some other non-defined flags are also present, so print
1818 fprintf (file, " 0x%02x", (unsigned int) st_other);
1821 fprintf (file, " %s", name);
1827 /* ELF .o/exec file reading */
1829 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF section header. */
1832 bfd_section_from_shdr (bfd *abfd, unsigned int shindex)
1834 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
1835 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *ehdr;
1836 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
1838 bfd_boolean ret = TRUE;
1839 static bfd_boolean * sections_being_created = NULL;
1840 static bfd * sections_being_created_abfd = NULL;
1841 static unsigned int nesting = 0;
1843 if (shindex >= elf_numsections (abfd))
1848 /* PR17512: A corrupt ELF binary might contain a recursive group of
1849 sections, with each the string indicies pointing to the next in the
1850 loop. Detect this here, by refusing to load a section that we are
1851 already in the process of loading. We only trigger this test if
1852 we have nested at least three sections deep as normal ELF binaries
1853 can expect to recurse at least once.
1855 FIXME: It would be better if this array was attached to the bfd,
1856 rather than being held in a static pointer. */
1858 if (sections_being_created_abfd != abfd)
1859 sections_being_created = NULL;
1860 if (sections_being_created == NULL)
1862 /* FIXME: It would be more efficient to attach this array to the bfd somehow. */
1863 sections_being_created = (bfd_boolean *)
1864 bfd_zalloc (abfd, elf_numsections (abfd) * sizeof (bfd_boolean));
1865 sections_being_created_abfd = abfd;
1867 if (sections_being_created [shindex])
1869 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1870 (_("%B: warning: loop in section dependencies detected"), abfd);
1873 sections_being_created [shindex] = TRUE;
1876 hdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex];
1877 ehdr = elf_elfheader (abfd);
1878 name = bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, ehdr->e_shstrndx,
1883 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
1884 switch (hdr->sh_type)
1887 /* Inactive section. Throw it away. */
1890 case SHT_PROGBITS: /* Normal section with contents. */
1891 case SHT_NOBITS: /* .bss section. */
1892 case SHT_HASH: /* .hash section. */
1893 case SHT_NOTE: /* .note section. */
1894 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY: /* .init_array section. */
1895 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY: /* .fini_array section. */
1896 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY: /* .preinit_array section. */
1897 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST: /* .gnu.liblist section. */
1898 case SHT_GNU_HASH: /* .gnu.hash section. */
1899 ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
1902 case SHT_DYNAMIC: /* Dynamic linking information. */
1903 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
1906 if (hdr->sh_link > elf_numsections (abfd))
1908 /* PR 10478: Accept Solaris binaries with a sh_link
1909 field set to SHN_BEFORE or SHN_AFTER. */
1910 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
1913 case bfd_arch_sparc:
1914 if (hdr->sh_link == (SHN_LORESERVE & 0xffff) /* SHN_BEFORE */
1915 || hdr->sh_link == ((SHN_LORESERVE + 1) & 0xffff) /* SHN_AFTER */)
1917 /* Otherwise fall through. */
1922 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link] == NULL)
1924 else if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_STRTAB)
1926 Elf_Internal_Shdr *dynsymhdr;
1928 /* The shared libraries distributed with hpux11 have a bogus
1929 sh_link field for the ".dynamic" section. Find the
1930 string table for the ".dynsym" section instead. */
1931 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) != 0)
1933 dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)];
1934 hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link;
1938 unsigned int i, num_sec;
1940 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
1941 for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++)
1943 dynsymhdr = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
1944 if (dynsymhdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
1946 hdr->sh_link = dynsymhdr->sh_link;
1954 case SHT_SYMTAB: /* A symbol table. */
1955 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == shindex)
1958 if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym)
1961 if (hdr->sh_info * hdr->sh_entsize > hdr->sh_size)
1963 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
1965 /* Some assemblers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
1966 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
1967 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
1972 /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one symbol table.
1973 Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */
1974 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) != 0)
1976 (*_bfd_error_handler)
1977 (_("%B: warning: multiple symbol tables detected - ignoring the table in section %u"),
1981 elf_onesymtab (abfd) = shindex;
1982 elf_symtab_hdr (abfd) = *hdr;
1983 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
1984 abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
1986 /* Sometimes a shared object will map in the symbol table. If
1987 SHF_ALLOC is set, and this is a shared object, then we also
1988 treat this section as a BFD section. We can not base the
1989 decision purely on SHF_ALLOC, because that flag is sometimes
1990 set in a relocatable object file, which would confuse the
1992 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0
1993 && (abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0
1994 && ! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
1998 /* Go looking for SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX too, since if there is one we
1999 can't read symbols without that section loaded as well. It
2000 is most likely specified by the next section header. */
2002 elf_section_list * entry;
2003 unsigned int i, num_sec;
2005 for (entry = elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd); entry != NULL; entry = entry->next)
2006 if (entry->hdr.sh_link == shindex)
2009 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
2010 for (i = shindex + 1; i < num_sec; i++)
2012 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
2014 if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
2015 && hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
2020 for (i = 1; i < shindex; i++)
2022 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
2024 if (hdr2->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX
2025 && hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
2030 ret = bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i);
2031 /* else FIXME: we have failed to find the symbol table - should we issue an error ? */
2035 case SHT_DYNSYM: /* A dynamic symbol table. */
2036 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == shindex)
2039 if (hdr->sh_entsize != bed->s->sizeof_sym)
2042 if (hdr->sh_info * hdr->sh_entsize > hdr->sh_size)
2044 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
2047 /* Some linkers erroneously set sh_info to one with a
2048 zero sh_size. ld sees this as a global symbol count
2049 of (unsigned) -1. Fix it here. */
2054 /* PR 18854: A binary might contain more than one dynamic symbol table.
2055 Unusual, but possible. Warn, but continue. */
2056 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) != 0)
2058 (*_bfd_error_handler)
2059 (_("%B: warning: multiple dynamic symbol tables detected - ignoring the table in section %u"),
2063 elf_dynsymtab (abfd) = shindex;
2064 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr = *hdr;
2065 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
2066 abfd->flags |= HAS_SYMS;
2068 /* Besides being a symbol table, we also treat this as a regular
2069 section, so that objcopy can handle it. */
2070 ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
2073 case SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX: /* Symbol section indices when >64k sections. */
2075 elf_section_list * entry;
2077 for (entry = elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd); entry != NULL; entry = entry->next)
2078 if (entry->ndx == shindex)
2081 entry = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof * entry);
2084 entry->ndx = shindex;
2086 entry->next = elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd);
2087 elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd) = entry;
2088 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = & entry->hdr;
2092 case SHT_STRTAB: /* A string table. */
2093 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL)
2096 if (ehdr->e_shstrndx == shindex)
2098 elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
2099 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
2103 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_onesymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex)
2106 elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr = *hdr;
2107 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
2111 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[elf_dynsymtab (abfd)]->sh_link == shindex)
2114 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr = *hdr;
2115 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynstrtab_hdr;
2116 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr;
2117 /* We also treat this as a regular section, so that objcopy
2119 ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
2124 /* If the string table isn't one of the above, then treat it as a
2125 regular section. We need to scan all the headers to be sure,
2126 just in case this strtab section appeared before the above. */
2127 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == 0 || elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
2129 unsigned int i, num_sec;
2131 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
2132 for (i = 1; i < num_sec; i++)
2134 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2 = elf_elfsections (abfd)[i];
2135 if (hdr2->sh_link == shindex)
2137 /* Prevent endless recursion on broken objects. */
2140 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, i))
2142 if (elf_onesymtab (abfd) == i)
2144 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == i)
2145 goto dynsymtab_strtab;
2149 ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
2154 /* *These* do a lot of work -- but build no sections! */
2156 asection *target_sect;
2157 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr2, **p_hdr;
2158 unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
2159 struct bfd_elf_section_data *esdt;
2163 != (bfd_size_type) (hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL
2164 ? bed->s->sizeof_rel : bed->s->sizeof_rela))
2167 /* Check for a bogus link to avoid crashing. */
2168 if (hdr->sh_link >= num_sec)
2170 ((*_bfd_error_handler)
2171 (_("%B: invalid link %lu for reloc section %s (index %u)"),
2172 abfd, hdr->sh_link, name, shindex));
2173 ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
2178 /* For some incomprehensible reason Oracle distributes
2179 libraries for Solaris in which some of the objects have
2180 bogus sh_link fields. It would be nice if we could just
2181 reject them, but, unfortunately, some people need to use
2182 them. We scan through the section headers; if we find only
2183 one suitable symbol table, we clobber the sh_link to point
2184 to it. I hope this doesn't break anything.
2186 Don't do it on executable nor shared library. */
2187 if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0
2188 && elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_SYMTAB
2189 && elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type != SHT_DYNSYM)
2195 for (scan = 1; scan < num_sec; scan++)
2197 if (elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
2198 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[scan]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
2209 hdr->sh_link = found;
2212 /* Get the symbol table. */
2213 if ((elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
2214 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_link]->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM)
2215 && ! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_link))
2218 /* If this reloc section does not use the main symbol table we
2219 don't treat it as a reloc section. BFD can't adequately
2220 represent such a section, so at least for now, we don't
2221 try. We just present it as a normal section. We also
2222 can't use it as a reloc section if it points to the null
2223 section, an invalid section, another reloc section, or its
2224 sh_link points to the null section. */
2225 if (hdr->sh_link != elf_onesymtab (abfd)
2226 || hdr->sh_link == SHN_UNDEF
2227 || hdr->sh_info == SHN_UNDEF
2228 || hdr->sh_info >= num_sec
2229 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_REL
2230 || elf_elfsections (abfd)[hdr->sh_info]->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
2232 ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
2237 if (! bfd_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr->sh_info))
2240 target_sect = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd, hdr->sh_info);
2241 if (target_sect == NULL)
2244 esdt = elf_section_data (target_sect);
2245 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
2246 p_hdr = &esdt->rela.hdr;
2248 p_hdr = &esdt->rel.hdr;
2250 /* PR 17512: file: 0b4f81b7. */
2253 amt = sizeof (*hdr2);
2254 hdr2 = (Elf_Internal_Shdr *) bfd_alloc (abfd, amt);
2259 elf_elfsections (abfd)[shindex] = hdr2;
2260 target_sect->reloc_count += NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (hdr);
2261 target_sect->flags |= SEC_RELOC;
2262 target_sect->relocation = NULL;
2263 target_sect->rel_filepos = hdr->sh_offset;
2264 /* In the section to which the relocations apply, mark whether
2265 its relocations are of the REL or RELA variety. */
2266 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
2268 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
2269 target_sect->use_rela_p = 1;
2271 abfd->flags |= HAS_RELOC;
2275 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
2276 elf_dynverdef (abfd) = shindex;
2277 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr = *hdr;
2278 ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
2281 case SHT_GNU_versym:
2282 if (hdr->sh_entsize != sizeof (Elf_External_Versym))
2285 elf_dynversym (abfd) = shindex;
2286 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynversym_hdr = *hdr;
2287 ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
2290 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
2291 elf_dynverref (abfd) = shindex;
2292 elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr = *hdr;
2293 ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
2300 if (! IS_VALID_GROUP_SECTION_HEADER (hdr, GRP_ENTRY_SIZE))
2303 if (!_bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
2306 if (hdr->contents != NULL)
2308 Elf_Internal_Group *idx = (Elf_Internal_Group *) hdr->contents;
2309 unsigned int n_elt = hdr->sh_size / sizeof (* idx);
2314 if (idx->flags & GRP_COMDAT)
2315 hdr->bfd_section->flags
2316 |= SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_DISCARD;
2318 /* We try to keep the same section order as it comes in. */
2321 while (--n_elt != 0)
2325 if (idx->shdr != NULL
2326 && (s = idx->shdr->bfd_section) != NULL
2327 && elf_next_in_group (s) != NULL)
2329 elf_next_in_group (hdr->bfd_section) = s;
2337 /* Possibly an attributes section. */
2338 if (hdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_ATTRIBUTES
2339 || hdr->sh_type == bed->obj_attrs_section_type)
2341 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
2343 _bfd_elf_parse_attributes (abfd, hdr);
2347 /* Check for any processor-specific section types. */
2348 if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex))
2351 if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOUSER && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIUSER)
2353 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
2354 /* FIXME: How to properly handle allocated section reserved
2355 for applications? */
2356 (*_bfd_error_handler)
2357 (_("%B: don't know how to handle allocated, application "
2358 "specific section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
2359 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
2362 /* Allow sections reserved for applications. */
2363 ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name,
2368 else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOPROC
2369 && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIPROC)
2370 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2371 (*_bfd_error_handler)
2372 (_("%B: don't know how to handle processor specific section "
2374 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
2375 else if (hdr->sh_type >= SHT_LOOS && hdr->sh_type <= SHT_HIOS)
2377 /* Unrecognised OS-specific sections. */
2378 if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING) != 0)
2379 /* SHF_OS_NONCONFORMING indicates that special knowledge is
2380 required to correctly process the section and the file should
2381 be rejected with an error message. */
2382 (*_bfd_error_handler)
2383 (_("%B: don't know how to handle OS specific section "
2385 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
2388 /* Otherwise it should be processed. */
2389 ret = _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd, hdr, name, shindex);
2394 /* FIXME: We should handle this section. */
2395 (*_bfd_error_handler)
2396 (_("%B: don't know how to handle section `%s' [0x%8x]"),
2397 abfd, name, hdr->sh_type);
2405 if (sections_being_created && sections_being_created_abfd == abfd)
2406 sections_being_created [shindex] = FALSE;
2407 if (-- nesting == 0)
2409 sections_being_created = NULL;
2410 sections_being_created_abfd = abfd;
2415 /* Return the local symbol specified by ABFD, R_SYMNDX. */
2418 bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (struct sym_cache *cache,
2420 unsigned long r_symndx)
2422 unsigned int ent = r_symndx % LOCAL_SYM_CACHE_SIZE;
2424 if (cache->abfd != abfd || cache->indx[ent] != r_symndx)
2426 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
2427 unsigned char esym[sizeof (Elf64_External_Sym)];
2428 Elf_External_Sym_Shndx eshndx;
2430 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
2431 if (bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd, symtab_hdr, 1, r_symndx,
2432 &cache->sym[ent], esym, &eshndx) == NULL)
2435 if (cache->abfd != abfd)
2437 memset (cache->indx, -1, sizeof (cache->indx));
2440 cache->indx[ent] = r_symndx;
2443 return &cache->sym[ent];
2446 /* Given an ELF section number, retrieve the corresponding BFD
2450 bfd_section_from_elf_index (bfd *abfd, unsigned int sec_index)
2452 if (sec_index >= elf_numsections (abfd))
2454 return elf_elfsections (abfd)[sec_index]->bfd_section;
2457 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_b[] =
2459 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".bss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2460 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2463 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_c[] =
2465 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".comment"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2466 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2469 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_d[] =
2471 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2472 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".data1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2473 /* There are more DWARF sections than these, but they needn't be added here
2474 unless you have to cope with broken compilers that don't emit section
2475 attributes or you want to help the user writing assembler. */
2476 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2477 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2478 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2479 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2480 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".debug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2481 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynamic"), 0, SHT_DYNAMIC, SHF_ALLOC },
2482 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynstr"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, SHF_ALLOC },
2483 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".dynsym"), 0, SHT_DYNSYM, SHF_ALLOC },
2484 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2487 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_f[] =
2489 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2490 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".fini_array"), 0, SHT_FINI_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2491 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2494 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_g[] =
2496 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.linkonce.b"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2497 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.lto_"), -1, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_EXCLUDE },
2498 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".got"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2499 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version"), 0, SHT_GNU_versym, 0 },
2500 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_d"), 0, SHT_GNU_verdef, 0 },
2501 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.version_r"), 0, SHT_GNU_verneed, 0 },
2502 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.liblist"), 0, SHT_GNU_LIBLIST, SHF_ALLOC },
2503 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.conflict"), 0, SHT_RELA, SHF_ALLOC },
2504 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".gnu.hash"), 0, SHT_GNU_HASH, SHF_ALLOC },
2505 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2508 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_h[] =
2510 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".hash"), 0, SHT_HASH, SHF_ALLOC },
2511 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2514 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_i[] =
2516 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2517 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".init_array"), 0, SHT_INIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2518 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".interp"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2519 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2522 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_l[] =
2524 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2525 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2528 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_n[] =
2530 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note.GNU-stack"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2531 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".note"), -1, SHT_NOTE, 0 },
2532 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2535 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_p[] =
2537 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".preinit_array"), 0, SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE },
2538 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".plt"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2539 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2542 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_r[] =
2544 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
2545 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rodata1"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC },
2546 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rela"), -1, SHT_RELA, 0 },
2547 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".rel"), -1, SHT_REL, 0 },
2548 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2551 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_s[] =
2553 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".shstrtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2554 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".strtab"), 0, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2555 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".symtab"), 0, SHT_SYMTAB, 0 },
2556 /* See struct bfd_elf_special_section declaration for the semantics of
2557 this special case where .prefix_length != strlen (.prefix). */
2558 { ".stabstr", 5, 3, SHT_STRTAB, 0 },
2559 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2562 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_t[] =
2564 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".text"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_EXECINSTR },
2565 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS },
2566 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".tdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC + SHF_WRITE + SHF_TLS },
2567 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2570 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section special_sections_z[] =
2572 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_line"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2573 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_info"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2574 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_abbrev"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2575 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".zdebug_aranges"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS, 0 },
2576 { NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
2579 static const struct bfd_elf_special_section * const special_sections[] =
2581 special_sections_b, /* 'b' */
2582 special_sections_c, /* 'c' */
2583 special_sections_d, /* 'd' */
2585 special_sections_f, /* 'f' */
2586 special_sections_g, /* 'g' */
2587 special_sections_h, /* 'h' */
2588 special_sections_i, /* 'i' */
2591 special_sections_l, /* 'l' */
2593 special_sections_n, /* 'n' */
2595 special_sections_p, /* 'p' */
2597 special_sections_r, /* 'r' */
2598 special_sections_s, /* 's' */
2599 special_sections_t, /* 't' */
2605 special_sections_z /* 'z' */
2608 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
2609 _bfd_elf_get_special_section (const char *name,
2610 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec,
2616 len = strlen (name);
2618 for (i = 0; spec[i].prefix != NULL; i++)
2621 int prefix_len = spec[i].prefix_length;
2623 if (len < prefix_len)
2625 if (memcmp (name, spec[i].prefix, prefix_len) != 0)
2628 suffix_len = spec[i].suffix_length;
2629 if (suffix_len <= 0)
2631 if (name[prefix_len] != 0)
2633 if (suffix_len == 0)
2635 if (name[prefix_len] != '.'
2636 && (suffix_len == -2
2637 || (rela && spec[i].type == SHT_REL)))
2643 if (len < prefix_len + suffix_len)
2645 if (memcmp (name + len - suffix_len,
2646 spec[i].prefix + prefix_len,
2656 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *
2657 _bfd_elf_get_sec_type_attr (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
2660 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *spec;
2661 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2663 /* See if this is one of the special sections. */
2664 if (sec->name == NULL)
2667 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2668 spec = bed->special_sections;
2671 spec = _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name,
2672 bed->special_sections,
2678 if (sec->name[0] != '.')
2681 i = sec->name[1] - 'b';
2682 if (i < 0 || i > 'z' - 'b')
2685 spec = special_sections[i];
2690 return _bfd_elf_get_special_section (sec->name, spec, sec->use_rela_p);
2694 _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (bfd *abfd, asection *sec)
2696 struct bfd_elf_section_data *sdata;
2697 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2698 const struct bfd_elf_special_section *ssect;
2700 sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) sec->used_by_bfd;
2703 sdata = (struct bfd_elf_section_data *) bfd_zalloc (abfd,
2707 sec->used_by_bfd = sdata;
2710 /* Indicate whether or not this section should use RELA relocations. */
2711 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2712 sec->use_rela_p = bed->default_use_rela_p;
2714 /* When we read a file, we don't need to set ELF section type and
2715 flags. They will be overridden in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr
2716 anyway. We will set ELF section type and flags for all linker
2717 created sections. If user specifies BFD section flags, we will
2718 set ELF section type and flags based on BFD section flags in
2719 elf_fake_sections. Special handling for .init_array/.fini_array
2720 output sections since they may contain .ctors/.dtors input
2721 sections. We don't want _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data to
2722 copy ELF section type from .ctors/.dtors input sections. */
2723 if (abfd->direction != read_direction
2724 || (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0)
2726 ssect = (*bed->get_sec_type_attr) (abfd, sec);
2729 || (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0
2730 || ssect->type == SHT_INIT_ARRAY
2731 || ssect->type == SHT_FINI_ARRAY))
2733 elf_section_type (sec) = ssect->type;
2734 elf_section_flags (sec) = ssect->attr;
2738 return _bfd_generic_new_section_hook (abfd, sec);
2741 /* Create a new bfd section from an ELF program header.
2743 Since program segments have no names, we generate a synthetic name
2744 of the form segment<NUM>, where NUM is generally the index in the
2745 program header table. For segments that are split (see below) we
2746 generate the names segment<NUM>a and segment<NUM>b.
2748 Note that some program segments may have a file size that is different than
2749 (less than) the memory size. All this means is that at execution the
2750 system must allocate the amount of memory specified by the memory size,
2751 but only initialize it with the first "file size" bytes read from the
2752 file. This would occur for example, with program segments consisting
2753 of combined data+bss.
2755 To handle the above situation, this routine generates TWO bfd sections
2756 for the single program segment. The first has the length specified by
2757 the file size of the segment, and the second has the length specified
2758 by the difference between the two sizes. In effect, the segment is split
2759 into its initialized and uninitialized parts.
2764 _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd,
2765 Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr,
2767 const char *type_name)
2775 split = ((hdr->p_memsz > 0)
2776 && (hdr->p_filesz > 0)
2777 && (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz));
2779 if (hdr->p_filesz > 0)
2781 sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", type_name, hdr_index, split ? "a" : "");
2782 len = strlen (namebuf) + 1;
2783 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
2786 memcpy (name, namebuf, len);
2787 newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
2788 if (newsect == NULL)
2790 newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr;
2791 newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr;
2792 newsect->size = hdr->p_filesz;
2793 newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset;
2794 newsect->flags |= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
2795 newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (hdr->p_align);
2796 if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
2798 newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
2799 newsect->flags |= SEC_LOAD;
2800 if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
2802 /* FIXME: all we known is that it has execute PERMISSION,
2804 newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
2807 if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
2809 newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
2813 if (hdr->p_memsz > hdr->p_filesz)
2817 sprintf (namebuf, "%s%d%s", type_name, hdr_index, split ? "b" : "");
2818 len = strlen (namebuf) + 1;
2819 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
2822 memcpy (name, namebuf, len);
2823 newsect = bfd_make_section (abfd, name);
2824 if (newsect == NULL)
2826 newsect->vma = hdr->p_vaddr + hdr->p_filesz;
2827 newsect->lma = hdr->p_paddr + hdr->p_filesz;
2828 newsect->size = hdr->p_memsz - hdr->p_filesz;
2829 newsect->filepos = hdr->p_offset + hdr->p_filesz;
2830 align = newsect->vma & -newsect->vma;
2831 if (align == 0 || align > hdr->p_align)
2832 align = hdr->p_align;
2833 newsect->alignment_power = bfd_log2 (align);
2834 if (hdr->p_type == PT_LOAD)
2836 /* Hack for gdb. Segments that have not been modified do
2837 not have their contents written to a core file, on the
2838 assumption that a debugger can find the contents in the
2839 executable. We flag this case by setting the fake
2840 section size to zero. Note that "real" bss sections will
2841 always have their contents dumped to the core file. */
2842 if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
2844 newsect->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
2845 if (hdr->p_flags & PF_X)
2846 newsect->flags |= SEC_CODE;
2848 if (!(hdr->p_flags & PF_W))
2849 newsect->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
2856 bfd_section_from_phdr (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Phdr *hdr, int hdr_index)
2858 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
2860 switch (hdr->p_type)
2863 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "null");
2866 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "load");
2869 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "dynamic");
2872 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "interp");
2875 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "note"))
2877 if (! elf_read_notes (abfd, hdr->p_offset, hdr->p_filesz))
2882 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "shlib");
2885 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "phdr");
2887 case PT_GNU_EH_FRAME:
2888 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index,
2892 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "stack");
2895 return _bfd_elf_make_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "relro");
2898 /* Check for any processor-specific program segment types. */
2899 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2900 return bed->elf_backend_section_from_phdr (abfd, hdr, hdr_index, "proc");
2904 /* Return the REL_HDR for SEC, assuming there is only a single one, either
2908 _bfd_elf_single_rel_hdr (asection *sec)
2910 if (elf_section_data (sec)->rel.hdr)
2912 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (sec)->rela.hdr == NULL);
2913 return elf_section_data (sec)->rel.hdr;
2916 return elf_section_data (sec)->rela.hdr;
2920 _bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (bfd *abfd,
2921 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr,
2922 const char *sec_name,
2923 bfd_boolean use_rela_p)
2925 char *name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd,
2926 sizeof ".rela" + strlen (sec_name));
2930 sprintf (name, "%s%s", use_rela_p ? ".rela" : ".rel", sec_name);
2932 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd), name,
2934 if (rel_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
2940 /* Allocate and initialize a section-header for a new reloc section,
2941 containing relocations against ASECT. It is stored in RELDATA. If
2942 USE_RELA_P is TRUE, we use RELA relocations; otherwise, we use REL
2946 _bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (bfd *abfd,
2947 struct bfd_elf_section_reloc_data *reldata,
2948 const char *sec_name,
2949 bfd_boolean use_rela_p,
2950 bfd_boolean delay_st_name_p)
2952 Elf_Internal_Shdr *rel_hdr;
2953 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
2956 amt = sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr);
2957 BFD_ASSERT (reldata->hdr == NULL);
2958 rel_hdr = bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
2959 reldata->hdr = rel_hdr;
2961 if (delay_st_name_p)
2962 rel_hdr->sh_name = (unsigned int) -1;
2963 else if (!_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd, rel_hdr, sec_name,
2966 rel_hdr->sh_type = use_rela_p ? SHT_RELA : SHT_REL;
2967 rel_hdr->sh_entsize = (use_rela_p
2968 ? bed->s->sizeof_rela
2969 : bed->s->sizeof_rel);
2970 rel_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
2971 rel_hdr->sh_flags = 0;
2972 rel_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
2973 rel_hdr->sh_size = 0;
2974 rel_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
2979 /* Return the default section type based on the passed in section flags. */
2982 bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (flagword flags)
2984 if ((flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
2985 && (flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0)
2987 return SHT_PROGBITS;
2990 struct fake_section_arg
2992 struct bfd_link_info *link_info;
2996 /* Set up an ELF internal section header for a section. */
2999 elf_fake_sections (bfd *abfd, asection *asect, void *fsarg)
3001 struct fake_section_arg *arg = (struct fake_section_arg *)fsarg;
3002 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3003 struct bfd_elf_section_data *esd = elf_section_data (asect);
3004 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
3005 unsigned int sh_type;
3006 const char *name = asect->name;
3007 bfd_boolean delay_st_name_p = FALSE;
3011 /* We already failed; just get out of the bfd_map_over_sections
3016 this_hdr = &esd->this_hdr;
3020 /* ld: compress DWARF debug sections with names: .debug_*. */
3021 if ((arg->link_info->compress_debug & COMPRESS_DEBUG)
3022 && (asect->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING)
3026 /* Set SEC_ELF_COMPRESS to indicate this section should be
3028 asect->flags |= SEC_ELF_COMPRESS;
3030 /* If this section will be compressed, delay adding setion
3031 name to section name section after it is compressed in
3032 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
3033 delay_st_name_p = TRUE;
3036 else if ((asect->flags & SEC_ELF_RENAME))
3038 /* objcopy: rename output DWARF debug section. */
3039 if ((abfd->flags & (BFD_DECOMPRESS | BFD_COMPRESS_GABI)))
3041 /* When we decompress or compress with SHF_COMPRESSED,
3042 convert section name from .zdebug_* to .debug_* if
3046 char *new_name = convert_zdebug_to_debug (abfd, name);
3047 if (new_name == NULL)
3055 else if (asect->compress_status == COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE)
3057 /* PR binutils/18087: Compression does not always make a
3058 section smaller. So only rename the section when
3059 compression has actually taken place. If input section
3060 name is .zdebug_*, we should never compress it again. */
3061 char *new_name = convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd, name);
3062 if (new_name == NULL)
3067 BFD_ASSERT (name[1] != 'z');
3072 if (delay_st_name_p)
3073 this_hdr->sh_name = (unsigned int) -1;
3077 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
3079 if (this_hdr->sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
3086 /* Don't clear sh_flags. Assembler may set additional bits. */
3088 if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
3089 || asect->user_set_vma)
3090 this_hdr->sh_addr = asect->vma;
3092 this_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
3094 this_hdr->sh_offset = 0;
3095 this_hdr->sh_size = asect->size;
3096 this_hdr->sh_link = 0;
3097 /* PR 17512: file: 0eb809fe, 8b0535ee. */
3098 if (asect->alignment_power >= (sizeof (bfd_vma) * 8) - 1)
3100 (*_bfd_error_handler)
3101 (_("%B: error: Alignment power %d of section `%A' is too big"),
3102 abfd, asect, asect->alignment_power);
3106 this_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << asect->alignment_power;
3107 /* The sh_entsize and sh_info fields may have been set already by
3108 copy_private_section_data. */
3110 this_hdr->bfd_section = asect;
3111 this_hdr->contents = NULL;
3113 /* If the section type is unspecified, we set it based on
3115 if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0)
3116 sh_type = SHT_GROUP;
3118 sh_type = bfd_elf_get_default_section_type (asect->flags);
3120 if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NULL)
3121 this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type;
3122 else if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS
3123 && sh_type == SHT_PROGBITS
3124 && (asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
3126 /* Warn if we are changing a NOBITS section to PROGBITS, but
3127 allow the link to proceed. This can happen when users link
3128 non-bss input sections to bss output sections, or emit data
3129 to a bss output section via a linker script. */
3130 (*_bfd_error_handler)
3131 (_("warning: section `%A' type changed to PROGBITS"), asect);
3132 this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type;
3135 switch (this_hdr->sh_type)
3141 case SHT_INIT_ARRAY:
3142 case SHT_FINI_ARRAY:
3143 case SHT_PREINIT_ARRAY:
3150 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_hash_entry;
3154 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
3158 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_dyn;
3162 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rela_p)
3163 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rela;
3167 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->may_use_rel_p)
3168 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_rel;
3171 case SHT_GNU_versym:
3172 this_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Versym);
3175 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
3176 this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
3177 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
3178 cverdefs. The linker will set cverdefs, but sh_info will be
3180 if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
3181 this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs;
3183 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs == 0
3184 || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs);
3187 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
3188 this_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
3189 /* objcopy or strip will copy over sh_info, but may not set
3190 cverrefs. The linker will set cverrefs, but sh_info will be
3192 if (this_hdr->sh_info == 0)
3193 this_hdr->sh_info = elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs;
3195 BFD_ASSERT (elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs == 0
3196 || this_hdr->sh_info == elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs);
3200 this_hdr->sh_entsize = GRP_ENTRY_SIZE;
3204 this_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->arch_size == 64 ? 0 : 4;
3208 if ((asect->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
3209 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_ALLOC;
3210 if ((asect->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
3211 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_WRITE;
3212 if ((asect->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0)
3213 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXECINSTR;
3214 if ((asect->flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0)
3216 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_MERGE;
3217 this_hdr->sh_entsize = asect->entsize;
3219 if ((asect->flags & SEC_STRINGS) != 0)
3220 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_STRINGS;
3221 if ((asect->flags & SEC_GROUP) == 0 && elf_group_name (asect) != NULL)
3222 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_GROUP;
3223 if ((asect->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
3225 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_TLS;
3226 if (asect->size == 0
3227 && (asect->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) == 0)
3229 struct bfd_link_order *o = asect->map_tail.link_order;
3231 this_hdr->sh_size = 0;
3234 this_hdr->sh_size = o->offset + o->size;
3235 if (this_hdr->sh_size != 0)
3236 this_hdr->sh_type = SHT_NOBITS;
3240 if ((asect->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_EXCLUDE)) == SEC_EXCLUDE)
3241 this_hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_EXCLUDE;
3243 /* If the section has relocs, set up a section header for the
3244 SHT_REL[A] section. If two relocation sections are required for
3245 this section, it is up to the processor-specific back-end to
3246 create the other. */
3247 if ((asect->flags & SEC_RELOC) != 0)
3249 /* When doing a relocatable link, create both REL and RELA sections if
3252 /* Do the normal setup if we wouldn't create any sections here. */
3253 && esd->rel.count + esd->rela.count > 0
3254 && (bfd_link_relocatable (arg->link_info)
3255 || arg->link_info->emitrelocations))
3257 if (esd->rel.count && esd->rel.hdr == NULL
3258 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd, &esd->rel, name, FALSE,
3264 if (esd->rela.count && esd->rela.hdr == NULL
3265 && !_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd, &esd->rela, name, TRUE,
3272 else if (!_bfd_elf_init_reloc_shdr (abfd,
3274 ? &esd->rela : &esd->rel),
3281 /* Check for processor-specific section types. */
3282 sh_type = this_hdr->sh_type;
3283 if (bed->elf_backend_fake_sections
3284 && !(*bed->elf_backend_fake_sections) (abfd, this_hdr, asect))
3287 if (sh_type == SHT_NOBITS && asect->size != 0)
3289 /* Don't change the header type from NOBITS if we are being
3290 called for objcopy --only-keep-debug. */
3291 this_hdr->sh_type = sh_type;
3295 /* Fill in the contents of a SHT_GROUP section. Called from
3296 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions for gas, objcopy, and
3297 when ELF targets use the generic linker, ld. Called for ld -r
3298 from bfd_elf_final_link. */
3301 bfd_elf_set_group_contents (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *failedptrarg)
3303 bfd_boolean *failedptr = (bfd_boolean *) failedptrarg;
3304 asection *elt, *first;
3308 /* Ignore linker created group section. See elfNN_ia64_object_p in
3310 if (((sec->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_LINKER_CREATED)) != SEC_GROUP)
3314 if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info == 0)
3316 unsigned long symindx = 0;
3318 /* elf_group_id will have been set up by objcopy and the
3320 if (elf_group_id (sec) != NULL)
3321 symindx = elf_group_id (sec)->udata.i;
3325 /* If called from the assembler, swap_out_syms will have set up
3326 elf_section_syms. */
3327 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_syms (abfd) != NULL);
3328 symindx = elf_section_syms (abfd)[sec->index]->udata.i;
3330 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info = symindx;
3332 else if (elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info == (unsigned int) -2)
3334 /* The ELF backend linker sets sh_info to -2 when the group
3335 signature symbol is global, and thus the index can't be
3336 set until all local symbols are output. */
3337 asection *igroup = elf_sec_group (elf_next_in_group (sec));
3338 struct bfd_elf_section_data *sec_data = elf_section_data (igroup);
3339 unsigned long symndx = sec_data->this_hdr.sh_info;
3340 unsigned long extsymoff = 0;
3341 struct elf_link_hash_entry *h;
3343 if (!elf_bad_symtab (igroup->owner))
3345 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
3347 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (igroup->owner)->symtab_hdr;
3348 extsymoff = symtab_hdr->sh_info;
3350 h = elf_sym_hashes (igroup->owner)[symndx - extsymoff];
3351 while (h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_indirect
3352 || h->root.type == bfd_link_hash_warning)
3353 h = (struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h->root.u.i.link;
3355 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.sh_info = h->indx;
3358 /* The contents won't be allocated for "ld -r" or objcopy. */
3360 if (sec->contents == NULL)
3363 sec->contents = (unsigned char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sec->size);
3365 /* Arrange for the section to be written out. */
3366 elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr.contents = sec->contents;
3367 if (sec->contents == NULL)
3374 loc = sec->contents + sec->size;
3376 /* Get the pointer to the first section in the group that gas
3377 squirreled away here. objcopy arranges for this to be set to the
3378 start of the input section group. */
3379 first = elt = elf_next_in_group (sec);
3381 /* First element is a flag word. Rest of section is elf section
3382 indices for all the sections of the group. Write them backwards
3383 just to keep the group in the same order as given in .section
3384 directives, not that it matters. */
3391 s = s->output_section;
3393 && !bfd_is_abs_section (s))
3395 unsigned int idx = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3398 H_PUT_32 (abfd, idx, loc);
3400 elt = elf_next_in_group (elt);
3405 if ((loc -= 4) != sec->contents)
3408 H_PUT_32 (abfd, sec->flags & SEC_LINK_ONCE ? GRP_COMDAT : 0, loc);
3411 /* Return the section which RELOC_SEC applies to. */
3414 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_section (asection *reloc_sec)
3420 if (reloc_sec == NULL)
3423 type = elf_section_data (reloc_sec)->this_hdr.sh_type;
3424 if (type != SHT_REL && type != SHT_RELA)
3427 /* We look up the section the relocs apply to by name. */
3428 name = reloc_sec->name;
3429 if (type == SHT_REL)
3434 /* If a target needs .got.plt section, relocations in rela.plt/rel.plt
3435 section apply to .got.plt section. */
3436 abfd = reloc_sec->owner;
3437 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->want_got_plt
3438 && strcmp (name, ".plt") == 0)
3440 /* .got.plt is a linker created input section. It may be mapped
3441 to some other output section. Try two likely sections. */
3443 reloc_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name);
3444 if (reloc_sec != NULL)
3449 reloc_sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name);
3453 /* Assign all ELF section numbers. The dummy first section is handled here
3454 too. The link/info pointers for the standard section types are filled
3455 in here too, while we're at it. */
3458 assign_section_numbers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
3460 struct elf_obj_tdata *t = elf_tdata (abfd);
3462 unsigned int section_number;
3463 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
3464 struct bfd_elf_section_data *d;
3465 bfd_boolean need_symtab;
3469 _bfd_elf_strtab_clear_all_refs (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
3471 /* SHT_GROUP sections are in relocatable files only. */
3472 if (link_info == NULL || bfd_link_relocatable (link_info))
3474 bfd_size_type reloc_count = 0;
3476 /* Put SHT_GROUP sections first. */
3477 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
3479 d = elf_section_data (sec);
3481 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_GROUP)
3483 if (sec->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED)
3485 /* Remove the linker created SHT_GROUP sections. */
3486 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd, sec);
3487 abfd->section_count--;
3490 d->this_idx = section_number++;
3493 /* Count relocations. */
3494 reloc_count += sec->reloc_count;
3497 /* Clear HAS_RELOC if there are no relocations. */
3498 if (reloc_count == 0)
3499 abfd->flags &= ~HAS_RELOC;
3502 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
3504 d = elf_section_data (sec);
3506 if (d->this_hdr.sh_type != SHT_GROUP)
3507 d->this_idx = section_number++;
3508 if (d->this_hdr.sh_name != (unsigned int) -1)
3509 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->this_hdr.sh_name);
3512 d->rel.idx = section_number++;
3513 if (d->rel.hdr->sh_name != (unsigned int) -1)
3514 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rel.hdr->sh_name);
3521 d->rela.idx = section_number++;
3522 if (d->rela.hdr->sh_name != (unsigned int) -1)
3523 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), d->rela.hdr->sh_name);
3529 elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd) = section_number++;
3530 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name);
3531 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shstrndx = elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd);
3533 need_symtab = (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0
3534 || (link_info == NULL
3535 && ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC | HAS_RELOC))
3539 elf_onesymtab (abfd) = section_number++;
3540 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->symtab_hdr.sh_name);
3541 if (section_number > ((SHN_LORESERVE - 2) & 0xFFFF))
3543 elf_section_list * entry;
3545 BFD_ASSERT (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd) == NULL);
3547 entry = bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof * entry);
3548 entry->ndx = section_number++;
3549 elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd) = entry;
3551 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
3552 ".symtab_shndx", FALSE);
3553 if (entry->hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
3556 elf_strtab_sec (abfd) = section_number++;
3557 _bfd_elf_strtab_addref (elf_shstrtab (abfd), t->strtab_hdr.sh_name);
3560 if (section_number >= SHN_LORESERVE)
3562 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: too many sections: %u"),
3563 abfd, section_number);
3567 elf_numsections (abfd) = section_number;
3568 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_shnum = section_number;
3570 /* Set up the list of section header pointers, in agreement with the
3572 i_shdrp = (Elf_Internal_Shdr **) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, section_number,
3573 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr *));
3574 if (i_shdrp == NULL)
3577 i_shdrp[0] = (Elf_Internal_Shdr *) bfd_zalloc (abfd,
3578 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Shdr));
3579 if (i_shdrp[0] == NULL)
3581 bfd_release (abfd, i_shdrp);
3585 elf_elfsections (abfd) = i_shdrp;
3587 i_shdrp[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd)] = &t->shstrtab_hdr;
3590 i_shdrp[elf_onesymtab (abfd)] = &t->symtab_hdr;
3591 if (elf_numsections (abfd) > (SHN_LORESERVE & 0xFFFF))
3593 elf_section_list * entry = elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd);
3594 BFD_ASSERT (entry != NULL);
3595 i_shdrp[entry->ndx] = & entry->hdr;
3596 entry->hdr.sh_link = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
3598 i_shdrp[elf_strtab_sec (abfd)] = &t->strtab_hdr;
3599 t->symtab_hdr.sh_link = elf_strtab_sec (abfd);
3602 for (sec = abfd->sections; sec; sec = sec->next)
3606 d = elf_section_data (sec);
3608 i_shdrp[d->this_idx] = &d->this_hdr;
3609 if (d->rel.idx != 0)
3610 i_shdrp[d->rel.idx] = d->rel.hdr;
3611 if (d->rela.idx != 0)
3612 i_shdrp[d->rela.idx] = d->rela.hdr;
3614 /* Fill in the sh_link and sh_info fields while we're at it. */
3616 /* sh_link of a reloc section is the section index of the symbol
3617 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to which
3618 the relocation entries apply. */
3619 if (d->rel.idx != 0)
3621 d->rel.hdr->sh_link = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
3622 d->rel.hdr->sh_info = d->this_idx;
3623 d->rel.hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_INFO_LINK;
3625 if (d->rela.idx != 0)
3627 d->rela.hdr->sh_link = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
3628 d->rela.hdr->sh_info = d->this_idx;
3629 d->rela.hdr->sh_flags |= SHF_INFO_LINK;
3632 /* We need to set up sh_link for SHF_LINK_ORDER. */
3633 if ((d->this_hdr.sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
3635 s = elf_linked_to_section (sec);
3638 /* elf_linked_to_section points to the input section. */
3639 if (link_info != NULL)
3641 /* Check discarded linkonce section. */
3642 if (discarded_section (s))
3645 (*_bfd_error_handler)
3646 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to discarded section `%A' of `%B'"),
3647 abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section,
3649 /* Point to the kept section if it has the same
3650 size as the discarded one. */
3651 kept = _bfd_elf_check_kept_section (s, link_info);
3654 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3660 s = s->output_section;
3661 BFD_ASSERT (s != NULL);
3665 /* Handle objcopy. */
3666 if (s->output_section == NULL)
3668 (*_bfd_error_handler)
3669 (_("%B: sh_link of section `%A' points to removed section `%A' of `%B'"),
3670 abfd, d->this_hdr.bfd_section, s, s->owner);
3671 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
3674 s = s->output_section;
3676 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3681 The Intel C compiler generates SHT_IA_64_UNWIND with
3682 SHF_LINK_ORDER. But it doesn't set the sh_link or
3683 sh_info fields. Hence we could get the situation
3685 const struct elf_backend_data *bed
3686 = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3687 if (bed->link_order_error_handler)
3688 bed->link_order_error_handler
3689 (_("%B: warning: sh_link not set for section `%A'"),
3694 switch (d->this_hdr.sh_type)
3698 /* A reloc section which we are treating as a normal BFD
3699 section. sh_link is the section index of the symbol
3700 table. sh_info is the section index of the section to
3701 which the relocation entries apply. We assume that an
3702 allocated reloc section uses the dynamic symbol table.
3703 FIXME: How can we be sure? */
3704 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
3706 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3708 s = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->get_reloc_section (sec);
3711 d->this_hdr.sh_info = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3712 d->this_hdr.sh_flags |= SHF_INFO_LINK;
3717 /* We assume that a section named .stab*str is a stabs
3718 string section. We look for a section with the same name
3719 but without the trailing ``str'', and set its sh_link
3720 field to point to this section. */
3721 if (CONST_STRNEQ (sec->name, ".stab")
3722 && strcmp (sec->name + strlen (sec->name) - 3, "str") == 0)
3727 len = strlen (sec->name);
3728 alc = (char *) bfd_malloc (len - 2);
3731 memcpy (alc, sec->name, len - 3);
3732 alc[len - 3] = '\0';
3733 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, alc);
3737 elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link = d->this_idx;
3739 /* This is a .stab section. */
3740 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize == 0)
3741 elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize
3742 = 4 + 2 * bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 8;
3749 case SHT_GNU_verneed:
3750 case SHT_GNU_verdef:
3751 /* sh_link is the section header index of the string table
3752 used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or the
3754 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynstr");
3756 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3759 case SHT_GNU_LIBLIST:
3760 /* sh_link is the section header index of the prelink library
3761 list used for the dynamic entries, or the symbol table, or
3762 the version strings. */
3763 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, (sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC)
3764 ? ".dynstr" : ".gnu.libstr");
3766 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3771 case SHT_GNU_versym:
3772 /* sh_link is the section header index of the symbol table
3773 this hash table or version table is for. */
3774 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynsym");
3776 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_section_data (s)->this_idx;
3780 d->this_hdr.sh_link = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
3784 /* Delay setting sh_name to _bfd_elf_write_object_contents so that
3785 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load can convert DWARF
3786 debug section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_* if needed. */
3792 sym_is_global (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
3794 /* If the backend has a special mapping, use it. */
3795 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3796 if (bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global)
3797 return (*bed->elf_backend_sym_is_global) (abfd, sym);
3799 return ((sym->flags & (BSF_GLOBAL | BSF_WEAK | BSF_GNU_UNIQUE)) != 0
3800 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (sym))
3801 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (sym)));
3804 /* Don't output section symbols for sections that are not going to be
3805 output, that are duplicates or there is no BFD section. */
3808 ignore_section_sym (bfd *abfd, asymbol *sym)
3810 elf_symbol_type *type_ptr;
3812 if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0)
3815 type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, sym);
3816 return ((type_ptr != NULL
3817 && type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0
3818 && bfd_is_abs_section (sym->section))
3819 || !(sym->section->owner == abfd
3820 || (sym->section->output_section->owner == abfd
3821 && sym->section->output_offset == 0)
3822 || bfd_is_abs_section (sym->section)));
3825 /* Map symbol from it's internal number to the external number, moving
3826 all local symbols to be at the head of the list. */
3829 elf_map_symbols (bfd *abfd, unsigned int *pnum_locals)
3831 unsigned int symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
3832 asymbol **syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
3833 asymbol **sect_syms;
3834 unsigned int num_locals = 0;
3835 unsigned int num_globals = 0;
3836 unsigned int num_locals2 = 0;
3837 unsigned int num_globals2 = 0;
3838 unsigned int max_index = 0;
3844 fprintf (stderr, "elf_map_symbols\n");
3848 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3850 if (max_index < asect->index)
3851 max_index = asect->index;
3855 sect_syms = (asymbol **) bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, max_index, sizeof (asymbol *));
3856 if (sect_syms == NULL)
3858 elf_section_syms (abfd) = sect_syms;
3859 elf_num_section_syms (abfd) = max_index;
3861 /* Init sect_syms entries for any section symbols we have already
3862 decided to output. */
3863 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3865 asymbol *sym = syms[idx];
3867 if ((sym->flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) != 0
3869 && !ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym)
3870 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sym->section))
3872 asection *sec = sym->section;
3874 if (sec->owner != abfd)
3875 sec = sec->output_section;
3877 sect_syms[sec->index] = syms[idx];
3881 /* Classify all of the symbols. */
3882 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3884 if (sym_is_global (abfd, syms[idx]))
3886 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd, syms[idx]))
3890 /* We will be adding a section symbol for each normal BFD section. Most
3891 sections will already have a section symbol in outsymbols, but
3892 eg. SHT_GROUP sections will not, and we need the section symbol mapped
3893 at least in that case. */
3894 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3896 if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL)
3898 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, asect->symbol))
3905 /* Now sort the symbols so the local symbols are first. */
3906 new_syms = (asymbol **) bfd_alloc2 (abfd, num_locals + num_globals,
3907 sizeof (asymbol *));
3909 if (new_syms == NULL)
3912 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount; idx++)
3914 asymbol *sym = syms[idx];
3917 if (sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
3918 i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
3919 else if (!ignore_section_sym (abfd, sym))
3924 sym->udata.i = i + 1;
3926 for (asect = abfd->sections; asect; asect = asect->next)
3928 if (sect_syms[asect->index] == NULL)
3930 asymbol *sym = asect->symbol;
3933 sect_syms[asect->index] = sym;
3934 if (!sym_is_global (abfd, sym))
3937 i = num_locals + num_globals2++;
3939 sym->udata.i = i + 1;
3943 bfd_set_symtab (abfd, new_syms, num_locals + num_globals);
3945 *pnum_locals = num_locals;
3949 /* Align to the maximum file alignment that could be required for any
3950 ELF data structure. */
3952 static inline file_ptr
3953 align_file_position (file_ptr off, int align)
3955 return (off + align - 1) & ~(align - 1);
3958 /* Assign a file position to a section, optionally aligning to the
3959 required section alignment. */
3962 _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (Elf_Internal_Shdr *i_shdrp,
3966 if (align && i_shdrp->sh_addralign > 1)
3967 offset = BFD_ALIGN (offset, i_shdrp->sh_addralign);
3968 i_shdrp->sh_offset = offset;
3969 if (i_shdrp->bfd_section != NULL)
3970 i_shdrp->bfd_section->filepos = offset;
3971 if (i_shdrp->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
3972 offset += i_shdrp->sh_size;
3976 /* Compute the file positions we are going to put the sections at, and
3977 otherwise prepare to begin writing out the ELF file. If LINK_INFO
3978 is not NULL, this is being called by the ELF backend linker. */
3981 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (bfd *abfd,
3982 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
3984 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
3985 struct fake_section_arg fsargs;
3987 struct elf_strtab_hash *strtab = NULL;
3988 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shstrtab_hdr;
3989 bfd_boolean need_symtab;
3991 if (abfd->output_has_begun)
3994 /* Do any elf backend specific processing first. */
3995 if (bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing)
3996 (*bed->elf_backend_begin_write_processing) (abfd, link_info);
3998 if (! prep_headers (abfd))
4001 /* Post process the headers if necessary. */
4002 (*bed->elf_backend_post_process_headers) (abfd, link_info);
4004 fsargs.failed = FALSE;
4005 fsargs.link_info = link_info;
4006 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, elf_fake_sections, &fsargs);
4010 if (!assign_section_numbers (abfd, link_info))
4013 /* The backend linker builds symbol table information itself. */
4014 need_symtab = (link_info == NULL
4015 && (bfd_get_symcount (abfd) > 0
4016 || ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC | HAS_RELOC))
4020 /* Non-zero if doing a relocatable link. */
4021 int relocatable_p = ! (abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC));
4023 if (! swap_out_syms (abfd, &strtab, relocatable_p))
4028 if (link_info == NULL)
4030 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bfd_elf_set_group_contents, &failed);
4035 shstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
4036 /* sh_name was set in prep_headers. */
4037 shstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
4038 shstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = bed->elf_strtab_flags;
4039 shstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
4040 /* sh_size is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
4041 shstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
4042 shstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
4043 shstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
4044 /* sh_offset is set in _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load. */
4045 shstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
4047 if (!assign_file_positions_except_relocs (abfd, link_info))
4053 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
4055 off = elf_next_file_pos (abfd);
4057 hdr = & elf_symtab_hdr (abfd);
4058 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
4060 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd) != NULL)
4062 hdr = & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd)->hdr;
4063 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
4064 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
4065 /* FIXME: What about other symtab_shndx sections in the list ? */
4068 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
4069 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
4071 elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off;
4073 /* Now that we know where the .strtab section goes, write it
4075 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
4076 || ! _bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd, strtab))
4078 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (strtab);
4081 abfd->output_has_begun = TRUE;
4086 /* Make an initial estimate of the size of the program header. If we
4087 get the number wrong here, we'll redo section placement. */
4089 static bfd_size_type
4090 get_program_header_size (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
4094 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
4096 /* Assume we will need exactly two PT_LOAD segments: one for text
4097 and one for data. */
4100 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
4101 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
4103 /* If we have a loadable interpreter section, we need a
4104 PT_INTERP segment. In this case, assume we also need a
4105 PT_PHDR segment, although that may not be true for all
4110 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic") != NULL)
4112 /* We need a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4116 if (info != NULL && info->relro)
4118 /* We need a PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
4122 if (elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd))
4124 /* We need a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME segment. */
4128 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd))
4130 /* We need a PT_GNU_STACK segment. */
4134 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
4136 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
4137 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->name, ".note"))
4139 /* We need a PT_NOTE segment. */
4141 /* Try to create just one PT_NOTE segment
4142 for all adjacent loadable .note* sections.
4143 gABI requires that within a PT_NOTE segment
4144 (and also inside of each SHT_NOTE section)
4145 each note is padded to a multiple of 4 size,
4146 so we check whether the sections are correctly
4148 if (s->alignment_power == 2)
4149 while (s->next != NULL
4150 && s->next->alignment_power == 2
4151 && (s->next->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
4152 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->next->name, ".note"))
4157 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
4159 if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4161 /* We need a PT_TLS segment. */
4167 /* Let the backend count up any program headers it might need. */
4168 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4169 if (bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers)
4173 a = (*bed->elf_backend_additional_program_headers) (abfd, info);
4179 return segs * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4182 /* Find the segment that contains the output_section of section. */
4185 _bfd_elf_find_segment_containing_section (bfd * abfd, asection * section)
4187 struct elf_segment_map *m;
4188 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
4190 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd), p = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
4196 for (i = m->count - 1; i >= 0; i--)
4197 if (m->sections[i] == section)
4204 /* Create a mapping from a set of sections to a program segment. */
4206 static struct elf_segment_map *
4207 make_mapping (bfd *abfd,
4208 asection **sections,
4213 struct elf_segment_map *m;
4218 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4219 amt += (to - from - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
4220 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4224 m->p_type = PT_LOAD;
4225 for (i = from, hdrpp = sections + from; i < to; i++, hdrpp++)
4226 m->sections[i - from] = *hdrpp;
4227 m->count = to - from;
4229 if (from == 0 && phdr)
4231 /* Include the headers in the first PT_LOAD segment. */
4232 m->includes_filehdr = 1;
4233 m->includes_phdrs = 1;
4239 /* Create the PT_DYNAMIC segment, which includes DYNSEC. Returns NULL
4242 struct elf_segment_map *
4243 _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (bfd *abfd, asection *dynsec)
4245 struct elf_segment_map *m;
4247 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd,
4248 sizeof (struct elf_segment_map));
4252 m->p_type = PT_DYNAMIC;
4254 m->sections[0] = dynsec;
4259 /* Possibly add or remove segments from the segment map. */
4262 elf_modify_segment_map (bfd *abfd,
4263 struct bfd_link_info *info,
4264 bfd_boolean remove_empty_load)
4266 struct elf_segment_map **m;
4267 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
4269 /* The placement algorithm assumes that non allocated sections are
4270 not in PT_LOAD segments. We ensure this here by removing such
4271 sections from the segment map. We also remove excluded
4272 sections. Finally, any PT_LOAD segment without sections is
4274 m = &elf_seg_map (abfd);
4277 unsigned int i, new_count;
4279 for (new_count = 0, i = 0; i < (*m)->count; i++)
4281 if (((*m)->sections[i]->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
4282 && (((*m)->sections[i]->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
4283 || (*m)->p_type != PT_LOAD))
4285 (*m)->sections[new_count] = (*m)->sections[i];
4289 (*m)->count = new_count;
4291 if (remove_empty_load && (*m)->p_type == PT_LOAD && (*m)->count == 0)
4297 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4298 if (bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map != NULL)
4300 if (!(*bed->elf_backend_modify_segment_map) (abfd, info))
4307 /* Set up a mapping from BFD sections to program segments. */
4310 _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
4313 struct elf_segment_map *m;
4314 asection **sections = NULL;
4315 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4316 bfd_boolean no_user_phdrs;
4318 no_user_phdrs = elf_seg_map (abfd) == NULL;
4321 info->user_phdrs = !no_user_phdrs;
4323 if (no_user_phdrs && bfd_count_sections (abfd) != 0)
4327 struct elf_segment_map *mfirst;
4328 struct elf_segment_map **pm;
4331 unsigned int phdr_index;
4332 bfd_vma maxpagesize;
4334 bfd_boolean phdr_in_segment = TRUE;
4335 bfd_boolean writable;
4337 asection *first_tls = NULL;
4338 asection *dynsec, *eh_frame_hdr;
4340 bfd_vma addr_mask, wrap_to = 0;
4342 /* Select the allocated sections, and sort them. */
4344 sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc2 (bfd_count_sections (abfd),
4345 sizeof (asection *));
4346 if (sections == NULL)
4349 /* Calculate top address, avoiding undefined behaviour of shift
4350 left operator when shift count is equal to size of type
4352 addr_mask = ((bfd_vma) 1 << (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (abfd) - 1)) - 1;
4353 addr_mask = (addr_mask << 1) + 1;
4356 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
4358 if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
4362 /* A wrapping section potentially clashes with header. */
4363 if (((s->lma + s->size) & addr_mask) < (s->lma & addr_mask))
4364 wrap_to = (s->lma + s->size) & addr_mask;
4367 BFD_ASSERT (i <= bfd_count_sections (abfd));
4370 qsort (sections, (size_t) count, sizeof (asection *), elf_sort_sections);
4372 /* Build the mapping. */
4377 /* If we have a .interp section, then create a PT_PHDR segment for
4378 the program headers and a PT_INTERP segment for the .interp
4380 s = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".interp");
4381 if (s != NULL && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
4383 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4384 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4388 m->p_type = PT_PHDR;
4389 /* FIXME: UnixWare and Solaris set PF_X, Irix 5 does not. */
4390 m->p_flags = PF_R | PF_X;
4391 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
4392 m->includes_phdrs = 1;
4397 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4398 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4402 m->p_type = PT_INTERP;
4410 /* Look through the sections. We put sections in the same program
4411 segment when the start of the second section can be placed within
4412 a few bytes of the end of the first section. */
4416 maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize;
4417 /* PR 17512: file: c8455299.
4418 Avoid divide-by-zero errors later on.
4419 FIXME: Should we abort if the maxpagesize is zero ? */
4420 if (maxpagesize == 0)
4423 dynsec = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".dynamic");
4425 && (dynsec->flags & SEC_LOAD) == 0)
4428 /* Deal with -Ttext or something similar such that the first section
4429 is not adjacent to the program headers. This is an
4430 approximation, since at this point we don't know exactly how many
4431 program headers we will need. */
4434 bfd_size_type phdr_size = elf_program_header_size (abfd);
4436 if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1)
4437 phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info);
4438 phdr_size += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4439 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0
4440 || (sections[0]->lma & addr_mask) < phdr_size
4441 || ((sections[0]->lma & addr_mask) % maxpagesize
4442 < phdr_size % maxpagesize)
4443 || (sections[0]->lma & addr_mask & -maxpagesize) < wrap_to)
4444 phdr_in_segment = FALSE;
4447 for (i = 0, hdrpp = sections; i < count; i++, hdrpp++)
4450 bfd_boolean new_segment;
4454 /* See if this section and the last one will fit in the same
4457 if (last_hdr == NULL)
4459 /* If we don't have a segment yet, then we don't need a new
4460 one (we build the last one after this loop). */
4461 new_segment = FALSE;
4463 else if (last_hdr->lma - last_hdr->vma != hdr->lma - hdr->vma)
4465 /* If this section has a different relation between the
4466 virtual address and the load address, then we need a new
4470 else if (hdr->lma < last_hdr->lma + last_size
4471 || last_hdr->lma + last_size < last_hdr->lma)
4473 /* If this section has a load address that makes it overlap
4474 the previous section, then we need a new segment. */
4477 /* In the next test we have to be careful when last_hdr->lma is close
4478 to the end of the address space. If the aligned address wraps
4479 around to the start of the address space, then there are no more
4480 pages left in memory and it is OK to assume that the current
4481 section can be included in the current segment. */
4482 else if ((BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_size, maxpagesize) + maxpagesize
4484 && (BFD_ALIGN (last_hdr->lma + last_size, maxpagesize) + maxpagesize
4487 /* If putting this section in this segment would force us to
4488 skip a page in the segment, then we need a new segment. */
4491 else if ((last_hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0
4492 && (hdr->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) != 0
4493 && ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0
4494 || (((last_hdr->lma + last_size - 1) & -maxpagesize)
4495 != (hdr->lma & -maxpagesize))))
4497 /* We don't want to put a loaded section after a
4498 nonloaded (ie. bss style) section in the same segment
4499 as that will force the non-loaded section to be loaded.
4500 Consider .tbss sections as loaded for this purpose.
4501 However, like the writable/non-writable case below,
4502 if they are on the same page then they must be put
4503 in the same segment. */
4506 else if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0)
4508 /* If the file is not demand paged, which means that we
4509 don't require the sections to be correctly aligned in the
4510 file, then there is no other reason for a new segment. */
4511 new_segment = FALSE;
4514 && (hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0
4515 && (((last_hdr->lma + last_size - 1) & -maxpagesize)
4516 != (hdr->lma & -maxpagesize)))
4518 /* We don't want to put a writable section in a read only
4519 segment, unless they are on the same page in memory
4520 anyhow. We already know that the last section does not
4521 bring us past the current section on the page, so the
4522 only case in which the new section is not on the same
4523 page as the previous section is when the previous section
4524 ends precisely on a page boundary. */
4529 /* Otherwise, we can use the same segment. */
4530 new_segment = FALSE;
4533 /* Allow interested parties a chance to override our decision. */
4534 if (last_hdr != NULL
4536 && info->callbacks->override_segment_assignment != NULL)
4538 = info->callbacks->override_segment_assignment (info, abfd, hdr,
4544 if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
4547 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4548 if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD))
4549 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4550 last_size = hdr->size;
4556 /* We need a new program segment. We must create a new program
4557 header holding all the sections from phdr_index until hdr. */
4559 m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
4566 if ((hdr->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
4572 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
4573 if ((hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD)) != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4574 last_size = hdr->size;
4578 phdr_in_segment = FALSE;
4581 /* Create a final PT_LOAD program segment, but not if it's just
4583 if (last_hdr != NULL
4584 && (i - phdr_index != 1
4585 || ((last_hdr->flags & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_LOAD))
4586 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
4588 m = make_mapping (abfd, sections, phdr_index, i, phdr_in_segment);
4596 /* If there is a .dynamic section, throw in a PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
4599 m = _bfd_elf_make_dynamic_segment (abfd, dynsec);
4606 /* For each batch of consecutive loadable .note sections,
4607 add a PT_NOTE segment. We don't use bfd_get_section_by_name,
4608 because if we link together nonloadable .note sections and
4609 loadable .note sections, we will generate two .note sections
4610 in the output file. FIXME: Using names for section types is
4612 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
4614 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
4615 && CONST_STRNEQ (s->name, ".note"))
4620 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4621 if (s->alignment_power == 2)
4622 for (s2 = s; s2->next != NULL; s2 = s2->next)
4624 if (s2->next->alignment_power == 2
4625 && (s2->next->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0
4626 && CONST_STRNEQ (s2->next->name, ".note")
4627 && align_power (s2->lma + s2->size, 2)
4633 amt += (count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
4634 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4638 m->p_type = PT_NOTE;
4642 m->sections[m->count - count--] = s;
4643 BFD_ASSERT ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0);
4646 m->sections[m->count - 1] = s;
4647 BFD_ASSERT ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0);
4651 if (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
4659 /* If there are any SHF_TLS output sections, add PT_TLS segment. */
4662 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4663 amt += (tls_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
4664 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4669 m->count = tls_count;
4670 /* Mandated PF_R. */
4672 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
4674 for (i = 0; i < (unsigned int) tls_count; ++i)
4676 if ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0)
4679 (_("%B: TLS sections are not adjacent:"), abfd);
4682 while (i < (unsigned int) tls_count)
4684 if ((s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
4686 _bfd_error_handler (_(" TLS: %A"), s);
4690 _bfd_error_handler (_(" non-TLS: %A"), s);
4693 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
4704 /* If there is a .eh_frame_hdr section, throw in a PT_GNU_EH_FRAME
4706 eh_frame_hdr = elf_eh_frame_hdr (abfd);
4707 if (eh_frame_hdr != NULL
4708 && (eh_frame_hdr->output_section->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
4710 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4711 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4715 m->p_type = PT_GNU_EH_FRAME;
4717 m->sections[0] = eh_frame_hdr->output_section;
4723 if (elf_stack_flags (abfd))
4725 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4726 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4730 m->p_type = PT_GNU_STACK;
4731 m->p_flags = elf_stack_flags (abfd);
4732 m->p_align = bed->stack_align;
4733 m->p_flags_valid = 1;
4734 m->p_align_valid = m->p_align != 0;
4735 if (info->stacksize > 0)
4737 m->p_size = info->stacksize;
4738 m->p_size_valid = 1;
4745 if (info != NULL && info->relro)
4747 for (m = mfirst; m != NULL; m = m->next)
4749 if (m->p_type == PT_LOAD
4751 && m->sections[0]->vma >= info->relro_start
4752 && m->sections[0]->vma < info->relro_end)
4755 while (--i != (unsigned) -1)
4756 if ((m->sections[i]->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS))
4757 == (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS))
4760 if (i != (unsigned) -1)
4765 /* Make a PT_GNU_RELRO segment only when it isn't empty. */
4768 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
4769 m = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, amt);
4773 m->p_type = PT_GNU_RELRO;
4780 elf_seg_map (abfd) = mfirst;
4783 if (!elf_modify_segment_map (abfd, info, no_user_phdrs))
4786 for (count = 0, m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
4788 elf_program_header_size (abfd) = count * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4793 if (sections != NULL)
4798 /* Sort sections by address. */
4801 elf_sort_sections (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
4803 const asection *sec1 = *(const asection **) arg1;
4804 const asection *sec2 = *(const asection **) arg2;
4805 bfd_size_type size1, size2;
4807 /* Sort by LMA first, since this is the address used to
4808 place the section into a segment. */
4809 if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma)
4811 else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma)
4814 /* Then sort by VMA. Normally the LMA and the VMA will be
4815 the same, and this will do nothing. */
4816 if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma)
4818 else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma)
4821 /* Put !SEC_LOAD sections after SEC_LOAD ones. */
4823 #define TOEND(x) (((x)->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == 0)
4829 /* If the indicies are the same, do not return 0
4830 here, but continue to try the next comparison. */
4831 if (sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index != 0)
4832 return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
4837 else if (TOEND (sec2))
4842 /* Sort by size, to put zero sized sections
4843 before others at the same address. */
4845 size1 = (sec1->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec1->size : 0;
4846 size2 = (sec2->flags & SEC_LOAD) ? sec2->size : 0;
4853 return sec1->target_index - sec2->target_index;
4856 /* Ian Lance Taylor writes:
4858 We shouldn't be using % with a negative signed number. That's just
4859 not good. We have to make sure either that the number is not
4860 negative, or that the number has an unsigned type. When the types
4861 are all the same size they wind up as unsigned. When file_ptr is a
4862 larger signed type, the arithmetic winds up as signed long long,
4865 What we're trying to say here is something like ``increase OFF by
4866 the least amount that will cause it to be equal to the VMA modulo
4868 /* In other words, something like:
4870 vma_offset = m->sections[0]->vma % bed->maxpagesize;
4871 off_offset = off % bed->maxpagesize;
4872 if (vma_offset < off_offset)
4873 adjustment = vma_offset + bed->maxpagesize - off_offset;
4875 adjustment = vma_offset - off_offset;
4877 which can can be collapsed into the expression below. */
4880 vma_page_aligned_bias (bfd_vma vma, ufile_ptr off, bfd_vma maxpagesize)
4882 /* PR binutils/16199: Handle an alignment of zero. */
4883 if (maxpagesize == 0)
4885 return ((vma - off) % maxpagesize);
4889 print_segment_map (const struct elf_segment_map *m)
4892 const char *pt = get_segment_type (m->p_type);
4897 if (m->p_type >= PT_LOPROC && m->p_type <= PT_HIPROC)
4898 sprintf (buf, "LOPROC+%7.7x",
4899 (unsigned int) (m->p_type - PT_LOPROC));
4900 else if (m->p_type >= PT_LOOS && m->p_type <= PT_HIOS)
4901 sprintf (buf, "LOOS+%7.7x",
4902 (unsigned int) (m->p_type - PT_LOOS));
4904 snprintf (buf, sizeof (buf), "%8.8x",
4905 (unsigned int) m->p_type);
4909 fprintf (stderr, "%s:", pt);
4910 for (j = 0; j < m->count; j++)
4911 fprintf (stderr, " %s", m->sections [j]->name);
4917 write_zeros (bfd *abfd, file_ptr pos, bfd_size_type len)
4922 if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0)
4924 buf = bfd_zmalloc (len);
4927 ret = bfd_bwrite (buf, len, abfd) == len;
4932 /* Assign file positions to the sections based on the mapping from
4933 sections to segments. This function also sets up some fields in
4937 assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (bfd *abfd,
4938 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
4940 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
4941 struct elf_segment_map *m;
4942 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs;
4943 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
4945 bfd_size_type maxpagesize;
4948 bfd_vma header_pad = 0;
4950 if (link_info == NULL
4951 && !_bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments (abfd, link_info))
4955 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
4959 header_pad = m->header_size;
4964 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4965 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phentsize = bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4969 /* PR binutils/12467. */
4970 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phoff = 0;
4971 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phentsize = 0;
4974 elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum = alloc;
4976 if (elf_program_header_size (abfd) == (bfd_size_type) -1)
4977 elf_program_header_size (abfd) = alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
4979 BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd)
4980 >= alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr);
4984 elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
4988 /* We're writing the size in elf_program_header_size (abfd),
4989 see assign_file_positions_except_relocs, so make sure we have
4990 that amount allocated, with trailing space cleared.
4991 The variable alloc contains the computed need, while
4992 elf_program_header_size (abfd) contains the size used for the
4994 See ld/emultempl/elf-generic.em:gld${EMULATION_NAME}_map_segments
4995 where the layout is forced to according to a larger size in the
4996 last iterations for the testcase ld-elf/header. */
4997 BFD_ASSERT (elf_program_header_size (abfd) % bed->s->sizeof_phdr
4999 phdrs = (Elf_Internal_Phdr *)
5001 (elf_program_header_size (abfd) / bed->s->sizeof_phdr),
5002 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
5003 elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr = phdrs;
5008 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
5009 maxpagesize = bed->maxpagesize;
5011 off = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
5012 off += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
5013 if (header_pad < (bfd_vma) off)
5019 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd), p = phdrs, j = 0;
5021 m = m->next, p++, j++)
5025 bfd_boolean no_contents;
5027 /* If elf_segment_map is not from map_sections_to_segments, the
5028 sections may not be correctly ordered. NOTE: sorting should
5029 not be done to the PT_NOTE section of a corefile, which may
5030 contain several pseudo-sections artificially created by bfd.
5031 Sorting these pseudo-sections breaks things badly. */
5033 && !(elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_type == ET_CORE
5034 && m->p_type == PT_NOTE))
5035 qsort (m->sections, (size_t) m->count, sizeof (asection *),
5038 /* An ELF segment (described by Elf_Internal_Phdr) may contain a
5039 number of sections with contents contributing to both p_filesz
5040 and p_memsz, followed by a number of sections with no contents
5041 that just contribute to p_memsz. In this loop, OFF tracks next
5042 available file offset for PT_LOAD and PT_NOTE segments. */
5043 p->p_type = m->p_type;
5044 p->p_flags = m->p_flags;
5049 p->p_vaddr = m->sections[0]->vma - m->p_vaddr_offset;
5051 if (m->p_paddr_valid)
5052 p->p_paddr = m->p_paddr;
5053 else if (m->count == 0)
5056 p->p_paddr = m->sections[0]->lma - m->p_vaddr_offset;
5058 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
5059 && (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0)
5061 /* p_align in demand paged PT_LOAD segments effectively stores
5062 the maximum page size. When copying an executable with
5063 objcopy, we set m->p_align from the input file. Use this
5064 value for maxpagesize rather than bed->maxpagesize, which
5065 may be different. Note that we use maxpagesize for PT_TLS
5066 segment alignment later in this function, so we are relying
5067 on at least one PT_LOAD segment appearing before a PT_TLS
5069 if (m->p_align_valid)
5070 maxpagesize = m->p_align;
5072 p->p_align = maxpagesize;
5074 else if (m->p_align_valid)
5075 p->p_align = m->p_align;
5076 else if (m->count == 0)
5077 p->p_align = 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
5081 no_contents = FALSE;
5083 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
5086 bfd_size_type align;
5087 unsigned int align_power = 0;
5089 if (m->p_align_valid)
5093 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
5095 unsigned int secalign;
5097 secalign = bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, *secpp);
5098 if (secalign > align_power)
5099 align_power = secalign;
5101 align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << align_power;
5102 if (align < maxpagesize)
5103 align = maxpagesize;
5106 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
5107 if ((m->sections[i]->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)) == 0)
5108 /* If we aren't making room for this section, then
5109 it must be SHT_NOBITS regardless of what we've
5110 set via struct bfd_elf_special_section. */
5111 elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) = SHT_NOBITS;
5113 /* Find out whether this segment contains any loadable
5116 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
5117 if (elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) != SHT_NOBITS)
5119 no_contents = FALSE;
5123 off_adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (p->p_vaddr, off, align);
5127 /* We shouldn't need to align the segment on disk since
5128 the segment doesn't need file space, but the gABI
5129 arguably requires the alignment and glibc ld.so
5130 checks it. So to comply with the alignment
5131 requirement but not waste file space, we adjust
5132 p_offset for just this segment. (OFF_ADJUST is
5133 subtracted from OFF later.) This may put p_offset
5134 past the end of file, but that shouldn't matter. */
5139 /* Make sure the .dynamic section is the first section in the
5140 PT_DYNAMIC segment. */
5141 else if (p->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC
5143 && strcmp (m->sections[0]->name, ".dynamic") != 0)
5146 (_("%B: The first section in the PT_DYNAMIC segment is not the .dynamic section"),
5148 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
5151 /* Set the note section type to SHT_NOTE. */
5152 else if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE)
5153 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
5154 elf_section_type (m->sections[i]) = SHT_NOTE;
5160 if (m->includes_filehdr)
5162 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
5164 p->p_filesz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
5165 p->p_memsz = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
5168 if (p->p_vaddr < (bfd_vma) off)
5170 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5171 (_("%B: Not enough room for program headers, try linking with -N"),
5173 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
5178 if (!m->p_paddr_valid)
5183 if (m->includes_phdrs)
5185 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
5188 if (!m->includes_filehdr)
5190 p->p_offset = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
5194 p->p_vaddr -= off - p->p_offset;
5195 if (!m->p_paddr_valid)
5196 p->p_paddr -= off - p->p_offset;
5200 p->p_filesz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
5201 p->p_memsz += alloc * bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
5204 p->p_filesz += header_pad;
5205 p->p_memsz += header_pad;
5209 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD
5210 || (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core))
5212 if (!m->includes_filehdr && !m->includes_phdrs)
5218 adjust = off - (p->p_offset + p->p_filesz);
5220 p->p_filesz += adjust;
5221 p->p_memsz += adjust;
5225 /* Set up p_filesz, p_memsz, p_align and p_flags from the section
5226 maps. Set filepos for sections in PT_LOAD segments, and in
5227 core files, for sections in PT_NOTE segments.
5228 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections will set filepos
5229 for other sections and update p_filesz for other segments. */
5230 for (i = 0, secpp = m->sections; i < m->count; i++, secpp++)
5233 bfd_size_type align;
5234 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
5237 this_hdr = &elf_section_data (sec)->this_hdr;
5238 align = (bfd_size_type) 1 << bfd_get_section_alignment (abfd, sec);
5240 if ((p->p_type == PT_LOAD
5241 || p->p_type == PT_TLS)
5242 && (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS
5243 || ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0
5244 && ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0
5245 || p->p_type == PT_TLS))))
5247 bfd_vma p_start = p->p_paddr;
5248 bfd_vma p_end = p_start + p->p_memsz;
5249 bfd_vma s_start = sec->lma;
5250 bfd_vma adjust = s_start - p_end;
5254 || p_end < p_start))
5256 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5257 (_("%B: section %A lma %#lx adjusted to %#lx"), abfd, sec,
5258 (unsigned long) s_start, (unsigned long) p_end);
5262 p->p_memsz += adjust;
5264 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
5266 if (p->p_filesz + adjust < p->p_memsz)
5268 /* We have a PROGBITS section following NOBITS ones.
5269 Allocate file space for the NOBITS section(s) and
5271 adjust = p->p_memsz - p->p_filesz;
5272 if (!write_zeros (abfd, off, adjust))
5276 p->p_filesz += adjust;
5280 if (p->p_type == PT_NOTE && bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
5282 /* The section at i == 0 is the one that actually contains
5286 this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off;
5287 off += this_hdr->sh_size;
5288 p->p_filesz = this_hdr->sh_size;
5294 /* The rest are fake sections that shouldn't be written. */
5303 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD)
5305 this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off;
5306 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
5307 off += this_hdr->sh_size;
5309 else if (this_hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS
5310 && (this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) != 0
5311 && this_hdr->sh_offset == 0)
5313 /* This is a .tbss section that didn't get a PT_LOAD.
5314 (See _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments "Create a
5315 final PT_LOAD".) Set sh_offset to the value it
5316 would have if we had created a zero p_filesz and
5317 p_memsz PT_LOAD header for the section. This
5318 also makes the PT_TLS header have the same
5320 bfd_vma adjust = vma_page_aligned_bias (this_hdr->sh_addr,
5322 this_hdr->sh_offset = sec->filepos = off + adjust;
5325 if (this_hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
5327 p->p_filesz += this_hdr->sh_size;
5328 /* A load section without SHF_ALLOC is something like
5329 a note section in a PT_NOTE segment. These take
5330 file space but are not loaded into memory. */
5331 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
5332 p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size;
5334 else if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
5336 if (p->p_type == PT_TLS)
5337 p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size;
5339 /* .tbss is special. It doesn't contribute to p_memsz of
5341 else if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_TLS) == 0)
5342 p->p_memsz += this_hdr->sh_size;
5345 if (align > p->p_align
5346 && !m->p_align_valid
5347 && (p->p_type != PT_LOAD
5348 || (abfd->flags & D_PAGED) == 0))
5352 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
5355 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_EXECINSTR) != 0)
5357 if ((this_hdr->sh_flags & SHF_WRITE) != 0)
5364 /* Check that all sections are in a PT_LOAD segment.
5365 Don't check funky gdb generated core files. */
5366 if (p->p_type == PT_LOAD && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core)
5368 bfd_boolean check_vma = TRUE;
5370 for (i = 1; i < m->count; i++)
5371 if (m->sections[i]->vma == m->sections[i - 1]->vma
5372 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m->sections[i])
5373 ->this_hdr), p) != 0
5374 && ELF_SECTION_SIZE (&(elf_section_data (m->sections[i - 1])
5375 ->this_hdr), p) != 0)
5377 /* Looks like we have overlays packed into the segment. */
5382 for (i = 0; i < m->count; i++)
5384 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
5387 sec = m->sections[i];
5388 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(sec)->this_hdr);
5389 if (!ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT_1 (this_hdr, p, check_vma, 0)
5390 && !ELF_TBSS_SPECIAL (this_hdr, p))
5392 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5393 (_("%B: section `%A' can't be allocated in segment %d"),
5395 print_segment_map (m);
5401 elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off;
5405 /* Assign file positions for the other sections. */
5408 assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (bfd *abfd,
5409 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
5411 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
5412 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrpp;
5413 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp, **end_hdrpp;
5414 Elf_Internal_Phdr *phdrs;
5415 Elf_Internal_Phdr *p;
5416 struct elf_segment_map *m;
5417 struct elf_segment_map *hdrs_segment;
5418 bfd_vma filehdr_vaddr, filehdr_paddr;
5419 bfd_vma phdrs_vaddr, phdrs_paddr;
5423 i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
5424 end_hdrpp = i_shdrpp + elf_numsections (abfd);
5425 off = elf_next_file_pos (abfd);
5426 for (hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; hdrpp < end_hdrpp; hdrpp++)
5428 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
5431 if (hdr->bfd_section != NULL
5432 && (hdr->bfd_section->filepos != 0
5433 || (hdr->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS
5434 && hdr->contents == NULL)))
5435 BFD_ASSERT (hdr->sh_offset == hdr->bfd_section->filepos);
5436 else if ((hdr->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) != 0)
5438 if (hdr->sh_size != 0)
5439 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5440 (_("%B: warning: allocated section `%s' not in segment"),
5442 (hdr->bfd_section == NULL
5444 : hdr->bfd_section->name));
5445 /* We don't need to page align empty sections. */
5446 if ((abfd->flags & D_PAGED) != 0 && hdr->sh_size != 0)
5447 off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off,
5450 off += vma_page_aligned_bias (hdr->sh_addr, off,
5452 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off,
5455 else if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
5456 && hdr->bfd_section == NULL)
5457 || (hdr->bfd_section != NULL
5458 && (hdr->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ELF_COMPRESS))
5459 /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
5460 || hdr == i_shdrpp[elf_onesymtab (abfd)]
5461 || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd) != NULL
5462 && hdr == i_shdrpp[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd)->ndx])
5463 || hdr == i_shdrpp[elf_strtab_sec (abfd)]
5464 || hdr == i_shdrpp[elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd)])
5465 hdr->sh_offset = -1;
5467 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
5470 /* Now that we have set the section file positions, we can set up
5471 the file positions for the non PT_LOAD segments. */
5475 phdrs_vaddr = bed->maxpagesize + bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
5477 hdrs_segment = NULL;
5478 phdrs = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
5479 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd), p = phdrs; m != NULL; m = m->next, p++)
5482 if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD)
5485 if (m->includes_filehdr)
5487 filehdr_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
5488 filehdr_paddr = p->p_paddr;
5490 if (m->includes_phdrs)
5492 phdrs_vaddr = p->p_vaddr;
5493 phdrs_paddr = p->p_paddr;
5494 if (m->includes_filehdr)
5497 phdrs_vaddr += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
5498 phdrs_paddr += bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
5503 if (hdrs_segment != NULL && link_info != NULL)
5505 /* There is a segment that contains both the file headers and the
5506 program headers, so provide a symbol __ehdr_start pointing there.
5507 A program can use this to examine itself robustly. */
5509 struct elf_link_hash_entry *hash
5510 = elf_link_hash_lookup (elf_hash_table (link_info), "__ehdr_start",
5511 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
5512 /* If the symbol was referenced and not defined, define it. */
5514 && (hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_new
5515 || hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefined
5516 || hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5517 || hash->root.type == bfd_link_hash_common))
5520 if (hdrs_segment->count != 0)
5521 /* The segment contains sections, so use the first one. */
5522 s = hdrs_segment->sections[0];
5524 /* Use the first (i.e. lowest-addressed) section in any segment. */
5525 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
5534 hash->root.u.def.value = filehdr_vaddr - s->vma;
5535 hash->root.u.def.section = s;
5539 hash->root.u.def.value = filehdr_vaddr;
5540 hash->root.u.def.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
5543 hash->root.type = bfd_link_hash_defined;
5544 hash->def_regular = 1;
5549 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd), p = phdrs; m != NULL; m = m->next, p++)
5551 if (p->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO)
5553 const Elf_Internal_Phdr *lp;
5554 struct elf_segment_map *lm;
5556 if (link_info != NULL)
5558 /* During linking the range of the RELRO segment is passed
5560 for (lm = elf_seg_map (abfd), lp = phdrs;
5562 lm = lm->next, lp++)
5564 if (lp->p_type == PT_LOAD
5565 && lp->p_vaddr < link_info->relro_end
5567 && lm->sections[0]->vma >= link_info->relro_start)
5571 BFD_ASSERT (lm != NULL);
5575 /* Otherwise we are copying an executable or shared
5576 library, but we need to use the same linker logic. */
5577 for (lp = phdrs; lp < phdrs + count; ++lp)
5579 if (lp->p_type == PT_LOAD
5580 && lp->p_paddr == p->p_paddr)
5585 if (lp < phdrs + count)
5587 p->p_vaddr = lp->p_vaddr;
5588 p->p_paddr = lp->p_paddr;
5589 p->p_offset = lp->p_offset;
5590 if (link_info != NULL)
5591 p->p_filesz = link_info->relro_end - lp->p_vaddr;
5592 else if (m->p_size_valid)
5593 p->p_filesz = m->p_size;
5596 p->p_memsz = p->p_filesz;
5597 /* Preserve the alignment and flags if they are valid. The
5598 gold linker generates RW/4 for the PT_GNU_RELRO section.
5599 It is better for objcopy/strip to honor these attributes
5600 otherwise gdb will choke when using separate debug files.
5602 if (!m->p_align_valid)
5604 if (!m->p_flags_valid)
5609 memset (p, 0, sizeof *p);
5610 p->p_type = PT_NULL;
5613 else if (p->p_type == PT_GNU_STACK)
5615 if (m->p_size_valid)
5616 p->p_memsz = m->p_size;
5618 else if (m->count != 0)
5621 if (p->p_type != PT_LOAD
5622 && (p->p_type != PT_NOTE
5623 || bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core))
5625 if (m->includes_filehdr || m->includes_phdrs)
5627 /* PR 17512: file: 2195325e. */
5628 (*_bfd_error_handler)
5629 (_("%B: warning: non-load segment includes file header and/or program header"),
5635 p->p_offset = m->sections[0]->filepos;
5636 for (i = m->count; i-- != 0;)
5638 asection *sect = m->sections[i];
5639 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_section_data (sect)->this_hdr;
5640 if (hdr->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS)
5642 p->p_filesz = (sect->filepos - m->sections[0]->filepos
5649 else if (m->includes_filehdr)
5651 p->p_vaddr = filehdr_vaddr;
5652 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
5653 p->p_paddr = filehdr_paddr;
5655 else if (m->includes_phdrs)
5657 p->p_vaddr = phdrs_vaddr;
5658 if (! m->p_paddr_valid)
5659 p->p_paddr = phdrs_paddr;
5663 elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off;
5668 static elf_section_list *
5669 find_section_in_list (unsigned int i, elf_section_list * list)
5671 for (;list != NULL; list = list->next)
5677 /* Work out the file positions of all the sections. This is called by
5678 _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions. All the section sizes and
5679 VMAs must be known before this is called.
5681 Reloc sections come in two flavours: Those processed specially as
5682 "side-channel" data attached to a section to which they apply, and
5683 those that bfd doesn't process as relocations. The latter sort are
5684 stored in a normal bfd section by bfd_section_from_shdr. We don't
5685 consider the former sort here, unless they form part of the loadable
5686 image. Reloc sections not assigned here will be handled later by
5687 assign_file_positions_for_relocs.
5689 We also don't set the positions of the .symtab and .strtab here. */
5692 assign_file_positions_except_relocs (bfd *abfd,
5693 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
5695 struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
5696 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
5697 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
5699 if ((abfd->flags & (EXEC_P | DYNAMIC)) == 0
5700 && bfd_get_format (abfd) != bfd_core)
5702 Elf_Internal_Shdr ** const i_shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
5703 unsigned int num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
5704 Elf_Internal_Shdr **hdrpp;
5708 /* Start after the ELF header. */
5709 off = i_ehdrp->e_ehsize;
5711 /* We are not creating an executable, which means that we are
5712 not creating a program header, and that the actual order of
5713 the sections in the file is unimportant. */
5714 for (i = 1, hdrpp = i_shdrpp + 1; i < num_sec; i++, hdrpp++)
5716 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
5719 if (((hdr->sh_type == SHT_REL || hdr->sh_type == SHT_RELA)
5720 && hdr->bfd_section == NULL)
5721 || (hdr->bfd_section != NULL
5722 && (hdr->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ELF_COMPRESS))
5723 /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
5724 || i == elf_onesymtab (abfd)
5725 || (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd) != NULL
5726 && hdr == i_shdrpp[elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd)->ndx])
5727 || i == elf_strtab_sec (abfd)
5728 || i == elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd))
5730 hdr->sh_offset = -1;
5733 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (hdr, off, TRUE);
5736 elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off;
5742 /* Assign file positions for the loaded sections based on the
5743 assignment of sections to segments. */
5744 if (!assign_file_positions_for_load_sections (abfd, link_info))
5747 /* And for non-load sections. */
5748 if (!assign_file_positions_for_non_load_sections (abfd, link_info))
5751 if (bed->elf_backend_modify_program_headers != NULL)
5753 if (!(*bed->elf_backend_modify_program_headers) (abfd, link_info))
5757 /* Set e_type in ELF header to ET_EXEC for -pie -Ttext-segment=. */
5758 if (link_info != NULL && bfd_link_pie (link_info))
5760 unsigned int num_segments = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
5761 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment = elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr;
5762 Elf_Internal_Phdr *end_segment = &segment[num_segments];
5764 /* Find the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD segments. */
5765 bfd_vma p_vaddr = (bfd_vma) -1;
5766 for (; segment < end_segment; segment++)
5767 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && p_vaddr > segment->p_vaddr)
5768 p_vaddr = segment->p_vaddr;
5770 /* Set e_type to ET_EXEC if the lowest p_vaddr in PT_LOAD
5771 segments is non-zero. */
5773 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_EXEC;
5776 /* Write out the program headers. */
5777 alloc = elf_program_header_size (abfd) / bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
5778 if (bfd_seek (abfd, (bfd_signed_vma) bed->s->sizeof_ehdr, SEEK_SET) != 0
5779 || bed->s->write_out_phdrs (abfd, tdata->phdr, alloc) != 0)
5787 prep_headers (bfd *abfd)
5789 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp; /* Elf file header, internal form. */
5790 struct elf_strtab_hash *shstrtab;
5791 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
5793 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
5795 shstrtab = _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
5796 if (shstrtab == NULL)
5799 elf_shstrtab (abfd) = shstrtab;
5801 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG0] = ELFMAG0;
5802 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG1] = ELFMAG1;
5803 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG2] = ELFMAG2;
5804 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_MAG3] = ELFMAG3;
5806 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_CLASS] = bed->s->elfclass;
5807 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_DATA] =
5808 bfd_big_endian (abfd) ? ELFDATA2MSB : ELFDATA2LSB;
5809 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_VERSION] = bed->s->ev_current;
5811 if ((abfd->flags & DYNAMIC) != 0)
5812 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_DYN;
5813 else if ((abfd->flags & EXEC_P) != 0)
5814 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_EXEC;
5815 else if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_core)
5816 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_CORE;
5818 i_ehdrp->e_type = ET_REL;
5820 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
5822 case bfd_arch_unknown:
5823 i_ehdrp->e_machine = EM_NONE;
5826 /* There used to be a long list of cases here, each one setting
5827 e_machine to the same EM_* macro #defined as ELF_MACHINE_CODE
5828 in the corresponding bfd definition. To avoid duplication,
5829 the switch was removed. Machines that need special handling
5830 can generally do it in elf_backend_final_write_processing(),
5831 unless they need the information earlier than the final write.
5832 Such need can generally be supplied by replacing the tests for
5833 e_machine with the conditions used to determine it. */
5835 i_ehdrp->e_machine = bed->elf_machine_code;
5838 i_ehdrp->e_version = bed->s->ev_current;
5839 i_ehdrp->e_ehsize = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
5841 /* No program header, for now. */
5842 i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
5843 i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
5844 i_ehdrp->e_phnum = 0;
5846 /* Each bfd section is section header entry. */
5847 i_ehdrp->e_entry = bfd_get_start_address (abfd);
5848 i_ehdrp->e_shentsize = bed->s->sizeof_shdr;
5850 /* If we're building an executable, we'll need a program header table. */
5851 if (abfd->flags & EXEC_P)
5852 /* It all happens later. */
5856 i_ehdrp->e_phentsize = 0;
5857 i_ehdrp->e_phoff = 0;
5860 elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name =
5861 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".symtab", FALSE);
5862 elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr.sh_name =
5863 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".strtab", FALSE);
5864 elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name =
5865 (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (shstrtab, ".shstrtab", FALSE);
5866 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
5867 || elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1
5868 || elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr.sh_name == (unsigned int) -1)
5874 /* Assign file positions for all the reloc sections which are not part
5875 of the loadable file image, and the file position of section headers. */
5878 _bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (bfd *abfd)
5881 Elf_Internal_Shdr **shdrpp, **end_shdrpp;
5882 Elf_Internal_Shdr *shdrp;
5883 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *i_ehdrp;
5884 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
5886 off = elf_next_file_pos (abfd);
5888 shdrpp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
5889 end_shdrpp = shdrpp + elf_numsections (abfd);
5890 for (shdrpp++; shdrpp < end_shdrpp; shdrpp++)
5893 if (shdrp->sh_offset == -1)
5895 asection *sec = shdrp->bfd_section;
5896 bfd_boolean is_rel = (shdrp->sh_type == SHT_REL
5897 || shdrp->sh_type == SHT_RELA);
5899 || (sec != NULL && (sec->flags & SEC_ELF_COMPRESS)))
5903 const char *name = sec->name;
5904 struct bfd_elf_section_data *d;
5906 /* Compress DWARF debug sections. */
5907 if (!bfd_compress_section (abfd, sec,
5911 if (sec->compress_status == COMPRESS_SECTION_DONE
5912 && (abfd->flags & BFD_COMPRESS_GABI) == 0)
5914 /* If section is compressed with zlib-gnu, convert
5915 section name from .debug_* to .zdebug_*. */
5917 = convert_debug_to_zdebug (abfd, name);
5918 if (new_name == NULL)
5922 /* Add setion name to section name section. */
5923 if (shdrp->sh_name != (unsigned int) -1)
5926 = (unsigned int) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
5928 d = elf_section_data (sec);
5930 /* Add reloc setion name to section name section. */
5932 && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd,
5937 && !_bfd_elf_set_reloc_sh_name (abfd,
5942 /* Update section size and contents. */
5943 shdrp->sh_size = sec->size;
5944 shdrp->contents = sec->contents;
5945 shdrp->bfd_section->contents = NULL;
5947 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp,
5954 /* Place section name section after DWARF debug sections have been
5956 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
5957 shdrp = &elf_tdata (abfd)->shstrtab_hdr;
5958 shdrp->sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
5959 off = _bfd_elf_assign_file_position_for_section (shdrp, off, TRUE);
5961 /* Place the section headers. */
5962 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
5963 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
5964 off = align_file_position (off, 1 << bed->s->log_file_align);
5965 i_ehdrp->e_shoff = off;
5966 off += i_ehdrp->e_shnum * i_ehdrp->e_shentsize;
5967 elf_next_file_pos (abfd) = off;
5973 _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (bfd *abfd)
5975 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
5976 Elf_Internal_Shdr **i_shdrp;
5978 unsigned int count, num_sec;
5979 struct elf_obj_tdata *t;
5981 if (! abfd->output_has_begun
5982 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL))
5985 i_shdrp = elf_elfsections (abfd);
5988 bfd_map_over_sections (abfd, bed->s->write_relocs, &failed);
5992 if (!_bfd_elf_assign_file_positions_for_non_load (abfd))
5995 /* After writing the headers, we need to write the sections too... */
5996 num_sec = elf_numsections (abfd);
5997 for (count = 1; count < num_sec; count++)
5999 i_shdrp[count]->sh_name
6000 = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (elf_shstrtab (abfd),
6001 i_shdrp[count]->sh_name);
6002 if (bed->elf_backend_section_processing)
6003 (*bed->elf_backend_section_processing) (abfd, i_shdrp[count]);
6004 if (i_shdrp[count]->contents)
6006 bfd_size_type amt = i_shdrp[count]->sh_size;
6008 if (bfd_seek (abfd, i_shdrp[count]->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
6009 || bfd_bwrite (i_shdrp[count]->contents, amt, abfd) != amt)
6014 /* Write out the section header names. */
6015 t = elf_tdata (abfd);
6016 if (elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL
6017 && (bfd_seek (abfd, t->shstrtab_hdr.sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
6018 || !_bfd_elf_strtab_emit (abfd, elf_shstrtab (abfd))))
6021 if (bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing)
6022 (*bed->elf_backend_final_write_processing) (abfd, elf_linker (abfd));
6024 if (!bed->s->write_shdrs_and_ehdr (abfd))
6027 /* This is last since write_shdrs_and_ehdr can touch i_shdrp[0]. */
6028 if (t->o->build_id.after_write_object_contents != NULL)
6029 return (*t->o->build_id.after_write_object_contents) (abfd);
6035 _bfd_elf_write_corefile_contents (bfd *abfd)
6037 /* Hopefully this can be done just like an object file. */
6038 return _bfd_elf_write_object_contents (abfd);
6041 /* Given a section, search the header to find them. */
6044 _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_section *asect)
6046 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
6047 unsigned int sec_index;
6049 if (elf_section_data (asect) != NULL
6050 && elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx != 0)
6051 return elf_section_data (asect)->this_idx;
6053 if (bfd_is_abs_section (asect))
6054 sec_index = SHN_ABS;
6055 else if (bfd_is_com_section (asect))
6056 sec_index = SHN_COMMON;
6057 else if (bfd_is_und_section (asect))
6058 sec_index = SHN_UNDEF;
6060 sec_index = SHN_BAD;
6062 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
6063 if (bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section)
6065 int retval = sec_index;
6067 if ((*bed->elf_backend_section_from_bfd_section) (abfd, asect, &retval))
6071 if (sec_index == SHN_BAD)
6072 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section);
6077 /* Given a BFD symbol, return the index in the ELF symbol table, or -1
6081 _bfd_elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol (bfd *abfd, asymbol **asym_ptr_ptr)
6083 asymbol *asym_ptr = *asym_ptr_ptr;
6085 flagword flags = asym_ptr->flags;
6087 /* When gas creates relocations against local labels, it creates its
6088 own symbol for the section, but does put the symbol into the
6089 symbol chain, so udata is 0. When the linker is generating
6090 relocatable output, this section symbol may be for one of the
6091 input sections rather than the output section. */
6092 if (asym_ptr->udata.i == 0
6093 && (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
6094 && asym_ptr->section)
6099 sec = asym_ptr->section;
6100 if (sec->owner != abfd && sec->output_section != NULL)
6101 sec = sec->output_section;
6102 if (sec->owner == abfd
6103 && (indx = sec->index) < elf_num_section_syms (abfd)
6104 && elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx] != NULL)
6105 asym_ptr->udata.i = elf_section_syms (abfd)[indx]->udata.i;
6108 idx = asym_ptr->udata.i;
6112 /* This case can occur when using --strip-symbol on a symbol
6113 which is used in a relocation entry. */
6114 (*_bfd_error_handler)
6115 (_("%B: symbol `%s' required but not present"),
6116 abfd, bfd_asymbol_name (asym_ptr));
6117 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_symbols);
6124 "elf_symbol_from_bfd_symbol 0x%.8lx, name = %s, sym num = %d, flags = 0x%.8lx\n",
6125 (long) asym_ptr, asym_ptr->name, idx, (long) flags);
6133 /* Rewrite program header information. */
6136 rewrite_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
6138 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr;
6139 struct elf_segment_map *map;
6140 struct elf_segment_map *map_first;
6141 struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map;
6142 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
6145 unsigned int num_segments;
6146 bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE;
6147 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid;
6148 bfd_vma maxpagesize;
6149 struct elf_segment_map *phdr_adjust_seg = NULL;
6150 unsigned int phdr_adjust_num = 0;
6151 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
6153 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
6154 iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd);
6157 pointer_to_map = &map_first;
6159 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
6160 maxpagesize = get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->maxpagesize;
6162 /* Returns the end address of the segment + 1. */
6163 #define SEGMENT_END(segment, start) \
6164 (start + (segment->p_memsz > segment->p_filesz \
6165 ? segment->p_memsz : segment->p_filesz))
6167 #define SECTION_SIZE(section, segment) \
6168 (((section->flags & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
6169 != SEC_THREAD_LOCAL || segment->p_type == PT_TLS) \
6170 ? section->size : 0)
6172 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
6173 the given segment. VMA addresses are compared. */
6174 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA(section, segment) \
6175 (section->vma >= segment->p_vaddr \
6176 && (section->vma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
6177 <= (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr))))
6179 /* Returns TRUE if the given section is contained within
6180 the given segment. LMA addresses are compared. */
6181 #define IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA(section, segment, base) \
6182 (section->lma >= base \
6183 && (section->lma + SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) \
6184 <= SEGMENT_END (segment, base)))
6186 /* Handle PT_NOTE segment. */
6187 #define IS_NOTE(p, s) \
6188 (p->p_type == PT_NOTE \
6189 && elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE \
6190 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
6191 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
6192 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
6194 /* Special case: corefile "NOTE" section containing regs, prpsinfo
6196 #define IS_COREFILE_NOTE(p, s) \
6198 && bfd_get_format (ibfd) == bfd_core \
6202 /* The complicated case when p_vaddr is 0 is to handle the Solaris
6203 linker, which generates a PT_INTERP section with p_vaddr and
6204 p_memsz set to 0. */
6205 #define IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP(p, s) \
6207 && p->p_paddr == 0 \
6208 && p->p_memsz == 0 \
6209 && p->p_filesz > 0 \
6210 && (s->flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0 \
6212 && (bfd_vma) s->filepos >= p->p_offset \
6213 && ((bfd_vma) s->filepos + s->size \
6214 <= p->p_offset + p->p_filesz))
6216 /* Decide if the given section should be included in the given segment.
6217 A section will be included if:
6218 1. It is within the address space of the segment -- we use the LMA
6219 if that is set for the segment and the VMA otherwise,
6220 2. It is an allocated section or a NOTE section in a PT_NOTE
6222 3. There is an output section associated with it,
6223 4. The section has not already been allocated to a previous segment.
6224 5. PT_GNU_STACK segments do not include any sections.
6225 6. PT_TLS segment includes only SHF_TLS sections.
6226 7. SHF_TLS sections are only in PT_TLS or PT_LOAD segments.
6227 8. PT_DYNAMIC should not contain empty sections at the beginning
6228 (with the possible exception of .dynamic). */
6229 #define IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
6230 ((((segment->p_paddr \
6231 ? IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (section, segment, segment->p_paddr) \
6232 : IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (section, segment)) \
6233 && (section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0) \
6234 || IS_NOTE (segment, section)) \
6235 && segment->p_type != PT_GNU_STACK \
6236 && (segment->p_type != PT_TLS \
6237 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) \
6238 && (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD \
6239 || segment->p_type == PT_TLS \
6240 || (section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) == 0) \
6241 && (segment->p_type != PT_DYNAMIC \
6242 || SECTION_SIZE (section, segment) > 0 \
6243 || (segment->p_paddr \
6244 ? segment->p_paddr != section->lma \
6245 : segment->p_vaddr != section->vma) \
6246 || (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (ibfd, section), ".dynamic") \
6248 && !section->segment_mark)
6250 /* If the output section of a section in the input segment is NULL,
6251 it is removed from the corresponding output segment. */
6252 #define INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT(section, segment, bed) \
6253 (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed) \
6254 && section->output_section != NULL)
6256 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 starts after the end of seg2. */
6257 #define SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT(seg1, seg2, field) \
6258 (seg1->field >= SEGMENT_END (seg2, seg2->field))
6260 /* Returns TRUE iff seg1 and seg2 overlap. Segments overlap iff both
6261 their VMA address ranges and their LMA address ranges overlap.
6262 It is possible to have overlapping VMA ranges without overlapping LMA
6263 ranges. RedBoot images for example can have both .data and .bss mapped
6264 to the same VMA range, but with the .data section mapped to a different
6266 #define SEGMENT_OVERLAPS(seg1, seg2) \
6267 ( !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_vaddr) \
6268 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_vaddr)) \
6269 && !(SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg1, seg2, p_paddr) \
6270 || SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT (seg2, seg1, p_paddr)))
6272 /* Initialise the segment mark field. */
6273 for (section = ibfd->sections; section != NULL; section = section->next)
6274 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
6276 /* The Solaris linker creates program headers in which all the
6277 p_paddr fields are zero. When we try to objcopy or strip such a
6278 file, we get confused. Check for this case, and if we find it
6279 don't set the p_paddr_valid fields. */
6280 p_paddr_valid = FALSE;
6281 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
6284 if (segment->p_paddr != 0)
6286 p_paddr_valid = TRUE;
6290 /* Scan through the segments specified in the program header
6291 of the input BFD. For this first scan we look for overlaps
6292 in the loadable segments. These can be created by weird
6293 parameters to objcopy. Also, fix some solaris weirdness. */
6294 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
6299 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment2;
6301 if (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP)
6302 for (section = ibfd->sections; section; section = section->next)
6303 if (IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP (segment, section))
6305 /* Mininal change so that the normal section to segment
6306 assignment code will work. */
6307 segment->p_vaddr = section->vma;
6311 if (segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
6313 /* Remove PT_GNU_RELRO segment. */
6314 if (segment->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO)
6315 segment->p_type = PT_NULL;
6319 /* Determine if this segment overlaps any previous segments. */
6320 for (j = 0, segment2 = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr; j < i; j++, segment2++)
6322 bfd_signed_vma extra_length;
6324 if (segment2->p_type != PT_LOAD
6325 || !SEGMENT_OVERLAPS (segment, segment2))
6328 /* Merge the two segments together. */
6329 if (segment2->p_vaddr < segment->p_vaddr)
6331 /* Extend SEGMENT2 to include SEGMENT and then delete
6333 extra_length = (SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr)
6334 - SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr));
6336 if (extra_length > 0)
6338 segment2->p_memsz += extra_length;
6339 segment2->p_filesz += extra_length;
6342 segment->p_type = PT_NULL;
6344 /* Since we have deleted P we must restart the outer loop. */
6346 segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
6351 /* Extend SEGMENT to include SEGMENT2 and then delete
6353 extra_length = (SEGMENT_END (segment2, segment2->p_vaddr)
6354 - SEGMENT_END (segment, segment->p_vaddr));
6356 if (extra_length > 0)
6358 segment->p_memsz += extra_length;
6359 segment->p_filesz += extra_length;
6362 segment2->p_type = PT_NULL;
6367 /* The second scan attempts to assign sections to segments. */
6368 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
6372 unsigned int section_count;
6373 asection **sections;
6374 asection *output_section;
6376 bfd_vma matching_lma;
6377 bfd_vma suggested_lma;
6380 asection *first_section;
6381 bfd_boolean first_matching_lma;
6382 bfd_boolean first_suggested_lma;
6384 if (segment->p_type == PT_NULL)
6387 first_section = NULL;
6388 /* Compute how many sections might be placed into this segment. */
6389 for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0;
6391 section = section->next)
6393 /* Find the first section in the input segment, which may be
6394 removed from the corresponding output segment. */
6395 if (IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed))
6397 if (first_section == NULL)
6398 first_section = section;
6399 if (section->output_section != NULL)
6404 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
6405 all of the sections we have selected. */
6406 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
6407 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
6408 map = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt);
6412 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Default to
6413 using the physical address of the segment in the input BFD. */
6415 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
6416 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
6417 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
6419 /* If the first section in the input segment is removed, there is
6420 no need to preserve segment physical address in the corresponding
6422 if (!first_section || first_section->output_section != NULL)
6424 map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr;
6425 map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid;
6428 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
6429 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
6430 map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0
6431 && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize);
6432 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
6434 if (!phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
6436 map->includes_phdrs =
6437 (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
6438 && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz
6439 >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
6440 + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)));
6442 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs)
6443 phdr_included = TRUE;
6446 if (section_count == 0)
6448 /* Special segments, such as the PT_PHDR segment, may contain
6449 no sections, but ordinary, loadable segments should contain
6450 something. They are allowed by the ELF spec however, so only
6451 a warning is produced. */
6452 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD)
6453 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("\
6454 %B: warning: Empty loadable segment detected, is this intentional ?"),
6458 *pointer_to_map = map;
6459 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
6464 /* Now scan the sections in the input BFD again and attempt
6465 to add their corresponding output sections to the segment map.
6466 The problem here is how to handle an output section which has
6467 been moved (ie had its LMA changed). There are four possibilities:
6469 1. None of the sections have been moved.
6470 In this case we can continue to use the segment LMA from the
6473 2. All of the sections have been moved by the same amount.
6474 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
6475 of the first section.
6477 3. Some of the sections have been moved, others have not.
6478 In this case those sections which have not been moved can be
6479 placed in the current segment which will have to have its size,
6480 and possibly its LMA changed, and a new segment or segments will
6481 have to be created to contain the other sections.
6483 4. The sections have been moved, but not by the same amount.
6484 In this case we can change the segment's LMA to match the LMA
6485 of the first section and we will have to create a new segment
6486 or segments to contain the other sections.
6488 In order to save time, we allocate an array to hold the section
6489 pointers that we are interested in. As these sections get assigned
6490 to a segment, they are removed from this array. */
6492 sections = (asection **) bfd_malloc2 (section_count, sizeof (asection *));
6493 if (sections == NULL)
6496 /* Step One: Scan for segment vs section LMA conflicts.
6497 Also add the sections to the section array allocated above.
6498 Also add the sections to the current segment. In the common
6499 case, where the sections have not been moved, this means that
6500 we have completely filled the segment, and there is nothing
6505 first_matching_lma = TRUE;
6506 first_suggested_lma = TRUE;
6508 for (section = first_section, j = 0;
6510 section = section->next)
6512 if (INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (section, segment, bed))
6514 output_section = section->output_section;
6516 sections[j++] = section;
6518 /* The Solaris native linker always sets p_paddr to 0.
6519 We try to catch that case here, and set it to the
6520 correct value. Note - some backends require that
6521 p_paddr be left as zero. */
6523 && segment->p_vaddr != 0
6524 && !bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
6526 && output_section->lma != 0
6527 && output_section->vma == (segment->p_vaddr
6528 + (map->includes_filehdr
6531 + (map->includes_phdrs
6533 * iehdr->e_phentsize)
6535 map->p_paddr = segment->p_vaddr;
6537 /* Match up the physical address of the segment with the
6538 LMA address of the output section. */
6539 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr)
6540 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section)
6541 || (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
6542 && IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA (output_section, segment)))
6544 if (first_matching_lma || output_section->lma < matching_lma)
6546 matching_lma = output_section->lma;
6547 first_matching_lma = FALSE;
6550 /* We assume that if the section fits within the segment
6551 then it does not overlap any other section within that
6553 map->sections[isec++] = output_section;
6555 else if (first_suggested_lma)
6557 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
6558 first_suggested_lma = FALSE;
6561 if (j == section_count)
6566 BFD_ASSERT (j == section_count);
6568 /* Step Two: Adjust the physical address of the current segment,
6570 if (isec == section_count)
6572 /* All of the sections fitted within the segment as currently
6573 specified. This is the default case. Add the segment to
6574 the list of built segments and carry on to process the next
6575 program header in the input BFD. */
6576 map->count = section_count;
6577 *pointer_to_map = map;
6578 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
6581 && !bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero
6582 && matching_lma != map->p_paddr
6583 && !map->includes_filehdr
6584 && !map->includes_phdrs)
6585 /* There is some padding before the first section in the
6586 segment. So, we must account for that in the output
6588 map->p_vaddr_offset = matching_lma - map->p_paddr;
6595 if (!first_matching_lma)
6597 /* At least one section fits inside the current segment.
6598 Keep it, but modify its physical address to match the
6599 LMA of the first section that fitted. */
6600 map->p_paddr = matching_lma;
6604 /* None of the sections fitted inside the current segment.
6605 Change the current segment's physical address to match
6606 the LMA of the first section. */
6607 map->p_paddr = suggested_lma;
6610 /* Offset the segment physical address from the lma
6611 to allow for space taken up by elf headers. */
6612 if (map->includes_filehdr)
6614 if (map->p_paddr >= iehdr->e_ehsize)
6615 map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_ehsize;
6618 map->includes_filehdr = FALSE;
6619 map->includes_phdrs = FALSE;
6623 if (map->includes_phdrs)
6625 if (map->p_paddr >= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)
6627 map->p_paddr -= iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize;
6629 /* iehdr->e_phnum is just an estimate of the number
6630 of program headers that we will need. Make a note
6631 here of the number we used and the segment we chose
6632 to hold these headers, so that we can adjust the
6633 offset when we know the correct value. */
6634 phdr_adjust_num = iehdr->e_phnum;
6635 phdr_adjust_seg = map;
6638 map->includes_phdrs = FALSE;
6642 /* Step Three: Loop over the sections again, this time assigning
6643 those that fit to the current segment and removing them from the
6644 sections array; but making sure not to leave large gaps. Once all
6645 possible sections have been assigned to the current segment it is
6646 added to the list of built segments and if sections still remain
6647 to be assigned, a new segment is constructed before repeating
6654 first_suggested_lma = TRUE;
6656 /* Fill the current segment with sections that fit. */
6657 for (j = 0; j < section_count; j++)
6659 section = sections[j];
6661 if (section == NULL)
6664 output_section = section->output_section;
6666 BFD_ASSERT (output_section != NULL);
6668 if (IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA (output_section, segment, map->p_paddr)
6669 || IS_COREFILE_NOTE (segment, section))
6671 if (map->count == 0)
6673 /* If the first section in a segment does not start at
6674 the beginning of the segment, then something is
6676 if (output_section->lma
6678 + (map->includes_filehdr ? iehdr->e_ehsize : 0)
6679 + (map->includes_phdrs
6680 ? iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize
6688 prev_sec = map->sections[map->count - 1];
6690 /* If the gap between the end of the previous section
6691 and the start of this section is more than
6692 maxpagesize then we need to start a new segment. */
6693 if ((BFD_ALIGN (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size,
6695 < BFD_ALIGN (output_section->lma, maxpagesize))
6696 || (prev_sec->lma + prev_sec->size
6697 > output_section->lma))
6699 if (first_suggested_lma)
6701 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
6702 first_suggested_lma = FALSE;
6709 map->sections[map->count++] = output_section;
6712 section->segment_mark = TRUE;
6714 else if (first_suggested_lma)
6716 suggested_lma = output_section->lma;
6717 first_suggested_lma = FALSE;
6721 BFD_ASSERT (map->count > 0);
6723 /* Add the current segment to the list of built segments. */
6724 *pointer_to_map = map;
6725 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
6727 if (isec < section_count)
6729 /* We still have not allocated all of the sections to
6730 segments. Create a new segment here, initialise it
6731 and carry on looping. */
6732 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
6733 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
6734 map = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt);
6741 /* Initialise the fields of the segment map. Set the physical
6742 physical address to the LMA of the first section that has
6743 not yet been assigned. */
6745 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
6746 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
6747 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
6748 map->p_paddr = suggested_lma;
6749 map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid;
6750 map->includes_filehdr = 0;
6751 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
6754 while (isec < section_count);
6759 elf_seg_map (obfd) = map_first;
6761 /* If we had to estimate the number of program headers that were
6762 going to be needed, then check our estimate now and adjust
6763 the offset if necessary. */
6764 if (phdr_adjust_seg != NULL)
6768 for (count = 0, map = map_first; map != NULL; map = map->next)
6771 if (count > phdr_adjust_num)
6772 phdr_adjust_seg->p_paddr
6773 -= (count - phdr_adjust_num) * iehdr->e_phentsize;
6778 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_VMA
6779 #undef IS_CONTAINED_BY_LMA
6781 #undef IS_COREFILE_NOTE
6782 #undef IS_SOLARIS_PT_INTERP
6783 #undef IS_SECTION_IN_INPUT_SEGMENT
6784 #undef INCLUDE_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT
6785 #undef SEGMENT_AFTER_SEGMENT
6786 #undef SEGMENT_OVERLAPS
6790 /* Copy ELF program header information. */
6793 copy_elf_program_header (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
6795 Elf_Internal_Ehdr *iehdr;
6796 struct elf_segment_map *map;
6797 struct elf_segment_map *map_first;
6798 struct elf_segment_map **pointer_to_map;
6799 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
6801 unsigned int num_segments;
6802 bfd_boolean phdr_included = FALSE;
6803 bfd_boolean p_paddr_valid;
6805 iehdr = elf_elfheader (ibfd);
6808 pointer_to_map = &map_first;
6810 /* If all the segment p_paddr fields are zero, don't set
6811 map->p_paddr_valid. */
6812 p_paddr_valid = FALSE;
6813 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
6814 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
6817 if (segment->p_paddr != 0)
6819 p_paddr_valid = TRUE;
6823 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
6828 unsigned int section_count;
6830 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
6831 asection *first_section = NULL;
6832 asection *lowest_section;
6834 /* Compute how many sections are in this segment. */
6835 for (section = ibfd->sections, section_count = 0;
6837 section = section->next)
6839 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
6840 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr, segment))
6842 if (first_section == NULL)
6843 first_section = section;
6848 /* Allocate a segment map big enough to contain
6849 all of the sections we have selected. */
6850 amt = sizeof (struct elf_segment_map);
6851 if (section_count != 0)
6852 amt += ((bfd_size_type) section_count - 1) * sizeof (asection *);
6853 map = (struct elf_segment_map *) bfd_zalloc (obfd, amt);
6857 /* Initialize the fields of the output segment map with the
6860 map->p_type = segment->p_type;
6861 map->p_flags = segment->p_flags;
6862 map->p_flags_valid = 1;
6863 map->p_paddr = segment->p_paddr;
6864 map->p_paddr_valid = p_paddr_valid;
6865 map->p_align = segment->p_align;
6866 map->p_align_valid = 1;
6867 map->p_vaddr_offset = 0;
6869 if (map->p_type == PT_GNU_RELRO
6870 || map->p_type == PT_GNU_STACK)
6872 /* The PT_GNU_RELRO segment may contain the first a few
6873 bytes in the .got.plt section even if the whole .got.plt
6874 section isn't in the PT_GNU_RELRO segment. We won't
6875 change the size of the PT_GNU_RELRO segment.
6876 Similarly, PT_GNU_STACK size is significant on uclinux
6878 map->p_size = segment->p_memsz;
6879 map->p_size_valid = 1;
6882 /* Determine if this segment contains the ELF file header
6883 and if it contains the program headers themselves. */
6884 map->includes_filehdr = (segment->p_offset == 0
6885 && segment->p_filesz >= iehdr->e_ehsize);
6887 map->includes_phdrs = 0;
6888 if (! phdr_included || segment->p_type != PT_LOAD)
6890 map->includes_phdrs =
6891 (segment->p_offset <= (bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
6892 && (segment->p_offset + segment->p_filesz
6893 >= ((bfd_vma) iehdr->e_phoff
6894 + iehdr->e_phnum * iehdr->e_phentsize)));
6896 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD && map->includes_phdrs)
6897 phdr_included = TRUE;
6900 lowest_section = NULL;
6901 if (section_count != 0)
6903 unsigned int isec = 0;
6905 for (section = first_section;
6907 section = section->next)
6909 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
6910 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr, segment))
6912 map->sections[isec++] = section->output_section;
6913 if ((section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
6917 if (lowest_section == NULL
6918 || section->lma < lowest_section->lma)
6919 lowest_section = section;
6921 /* Section lmas are set up from PT_LOAD header
6922 p_paddr in _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr.
6923 If this header has a p_paddr that disagrees
6924 with the section lma, flag the p_paddr as
6926 if ((section->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
6927 seg_off = this_hdr->sh_offset - segment->p_offset;
6929 seg_off = this_hdr->sh_addr - segment->p_vaddr;
6930 if (section->lma - segment->p_paddr != seg_off)
6931 map->p_paddr_valid = FALSE;
6933 if (isec == section_count)
6939 if (map->includes_filehdr && lowest_section != NULL)
6940 /* We need to keep the space used by the headers fixed. */
6941 map->header_size = lowest_section->vma - segment->p_vaddr;
6943 if (!map->includes_phdrs
6944 && !map->includes_filehdr
6945 && map->p_paddr_valid)
6946 /* There is some other padding before the first section. */
6947 map->p_vaddr_offset = ((lowest_section ? lowest_section->lma : 0)
6948 - segment->p_paddr);
6950 map->count = section_count;
6951 *pointer_to_map = map;
6952 pointer_to_map = &map->next;
6955 elf_seg_map (obfd) = map_first;
6959 /* Copy private BFD data. This copies or rewrites ELF program header
6963 copy_private_bfd_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
6965 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
6966 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
6969 if (elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr == NULL)
6972 if (ibfd->xvec == obfd->xvec)
6974 /* Check to see if any sections in the input BFD
6975 covered by ELF program header have changed. */
6976 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
6977 asection *section, *osec;
6978 unsigned int i, num_segments;
6979 Elf_Internal_Shdr *this_hdr;
6980 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
6982 bed = get_elf_backend_data (ibfd);
6984 /* Regenerate the segment map if p_paddr is set to 0. */
6985 if (bed->want_p_paddr_set_to_zero)
6988 /* Initialize the segment mark field. */
6989 for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL;
6990 section = section->next)
6991 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
6993 num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
6994 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
6998 /* PR binutils/3535. The Solaris linker always sets the p_paddr
6999 and p_memsz fields of special segments (DYNAMIC, INTERP) to 0
7000 which severly confuses things, so always regenerate the segment
7001 map in this case. */
7002 if (segment->p_paddr == 0
7003 && segment->p_memsz == 0
7004 && (segment->p_type == PT_INTERP || segment->p_type == PT_DYNAMIC))
7007 for (section = ibfd->sections;
7008 section != NULL; section = section->next)
7010 /* We mark the output section so that we know it comes
7011 from the input BFD. */
7012 osec = section->output_section;
7014 osec->segment_mark = TRUE;
7016 /* Check if this section is covered by the segment. */
7017 this_hdr = &(elf_section_data(section)->this_hdr);
7018 if (ELF_SECTION_IN_SEGMENT (this_hdr, segment))
7020 /* FIXME: Check if its output section is changed or
7021 removed. What else do we need to check? */
7023 || section->flags != osec->flags
7024 || section->lma != osec->lma
7025 || section->vma != osec->vma
7026 || section->size != osec->size
7027 || section->rawsize != osec->rawsize
7028 || section->alignment_power != osec->alignment_power)
7034 /* Check to see if any output section do not come from the
7036 for (section = obfd->sections; section != NULL;
7037 section = section->next)
7039 if (section->segment_mark == FALSE)
7042 section->segment_mark = FALSE;
7045 return copy_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd);
7049 if (ibfd->xvec == obfd->xvec)
7051 /* When rewriting program header, set the output maxpagesize to
7052 the maximum alignment of input PT_LOAD segments. */
7053 Elf_Internal_Phdr *segment;
7055 unsigned int num_segments = elf_elfheader (ibfd)->e_phnum;
7056 bfd_vma maxpagesize = 0;
7058 for (i = 0, segment = elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr;
7061 if (segment->p_type == PT_LOAD
7062 && maxpagesize < segment->p_align)
7064 /* PR 17512: file: f17299af. */
7065 if (segment->p_align > (bfd_vma) 1 << ((sizeof (bfd_vma) * 8) - 2))
7066 (*_bfd_error_handler) (_("\
7067 %B: warning: segment alignment of 0x%llx is too large"),
7068 ibfd, (long long) segment->p_align);
7070 maxpagesize = segment->p_align;
7073 if (maxpagesize != get_elf_backend_data (obfd)->maxpagesize)
7074 bfd_emul_set_maxpagesize (bfd_get_target (obfd), maxpagesize);
7077 return rewrite_elf_program_header (ibfd, obfd);
7080 /* Initialize private output section information from input section. */
7083 _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd,
7087 struct bfd_link_info *link_info)
7090 Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr;
7091 bfd_boolean final_link = (link_info != NULL
7092 && !bfd_link_relocatable (link_info));
7094 if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7095 || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
7098 BFD_ASSERT (elf_section_data (osec) != NULL);
7100 /* For objcopy and relocatable link, don't copy the output ELF
7101 section type from input if the output BFD section flags have been
7102 set to something different. For a final link allow some flags
7103 that the linker clears to differ. */
7104 if (elf_section_type (osec) == SHT_NULL
7105 && (osec->flags == isec->flags
7107 && ((osec->flags ^ isec->flags)
7108 & ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC)) == 0)))
7109 elf_section_type (osec) = elf_section_type (isec);
7111 /* FIXME: Is this correct for all OS/PROC specific flags? */
7112 elf_section_flags (osec) |= (elf_section_flags (isec)
7113 & (SHF_MASKOS | SHF_MASKPROC));
7115 /* Set things up for objcopy and relocatable link. The output
7116 SHT_GROUP section will have its elf_next_in_group pointing back
7117 to the input group members. Ignore linker created group section.
7118 See elfNN_ia64_object_p in elfxx-ia64.c. */
7121 if (elf_sec_group (isec) == NULL
7122 || (elf_sec_group (isec)->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) == 0)
7124 if (elf_section_flags (isec) & SHF_GROUP)
7125 elf_section_flags (osec) |= SHF_GROUP;
7126 elf_next_in_group (osec) = elf_next_in_group (isec);
7127 elf_section_data (osec)->group = elf_section_data (isec)->group;
7130 /* If not decompress, preserve SHF_COMPRESSED. */
7131 if ((ibfd->flags & BFD_DECOMPRESS) == 0)
7132 elf_section_flags (osec) |= (elf_section_flags (isec)
7136 ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr;
7138 /* We need to handle elf_linked_to_section for SHF_LINK_ORDER. We
7139 don't use the output section of the linked-to section since it
7140 may be NULL at this point. */
7141 if ((ihdr->sh_flags & SHF_LINK_ORDER) != 0)
7143 ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr;
7144 ohdr->sh_flags |= SHF_LINK_ORDER;
7145 elf_linked_to_section (osec) = elf_linked_to_section (isec);
7148 osec->use_rela_p = isec->use_rela_p;
7153 /* Copy private section information. This copies over the entsize
7154 field, and sometimes the info field. */
7157 _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data (bfd *ibfd,
7162 Elf_Internal_Shdr *ihdr, *ohdr;
7164 if (ibfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7165 || obfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
7168 ihdr = &elf_section_data (isec)->this_hdr;
7169 ohdr = &elf_section_data (osec)->this_hdr;
7171 ohdr->sh_entsize = ihdr->sh_entsize;
7173 if (ihdr->sh_type == SHT_SYMTAB
7174 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_DYNSYM
7175 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verneed
7176 || ihdr->sh_type == SHT_GNU_verdef)
7177 ohdr->sh_info = ihdr->sh_info;
7179 return _bfd_elf_init_private_section_data (ibfd, isec, obfd, osec,
7183 /* Look at all the SHT_GROUP sections in IBFD, making any adjustments
7184 necessary if we are removing either the SHT_GROUP section or any of
7185 the group member sections. DISCARDED is the value that a section's
7186 output_section has if the section will be discarded, NULL when this
7187 function is called from objcopy, bfd_abs_section_ptr when called
7191 _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (bfd *ibfd, asection *discarded)
7195 for (isec = ibfd->sections; isec != NULL; isec = isec->next)
7196 if (elf_section_type (isec) == SHT_GROUP)
7198 asection *first = elf_next_in_group (isec);
7199 asection *s = first;
7200 bfd_size_type removed = 0;
7204 /* If this member section is being output but the
7205 SHT_GROUP section is not, then clear the group info
7206 set up by _bfd_elf_copy_private_section_data. */
7207 if (s->output_section != discarded
7208 && isec->output_section == discarded)
7210 elf_section_flags (s->output_section) &= ~SHF_GROUP;
7211 elf_group_name (s->output_section) = NULL;
7213 /* Conversely, if the member section is not being output
7214 but the SHT_GROUP section is, then adjust its size. */
7215 else if (s->output_section == discarded
7216 && isec->output_section != discarded)
7218 s = elf_next_in_group (s);
7224 if (discarded != NULL)
7226 /* If we've been called for ld -r, then we need to
7227 adjust the input section size. This function may
7228 be called multiple times, so save the original
7230 if (isec->rawsize == 0)
7231 isec->rawsize = isec->size;
7232 isec->size = isec->rawsize - removed;
7236 /* Adjust the output section size when called from
7238 isec->output_section->size -= removed;
7246 /* Copy private header information. */
7249 _bfd_elf_copy_private_header_data (bfd *ibfd, bfd *obfd)
7251 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7252 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
7255 /* Copy over private BFD data if it has not already been copied.
7256 This must be done here, rather than in the copy_private_bfd_data
7257 entry point, because the latter is called after the section
7258 contents have been set, which means that the program headers have
7259 already been worked out. */
7260 if (elf_seg_map (obfd) == NULL && elf_tdata (ibfd)->phdr != NULL)
7262 if (! copy_private_bfd_data (ibfd, obfd))
7266 return _bfd_elf_fixup_group_sections (ibfd, NULL);
7269 /* Copy private symbol information. If this symbol is in a section
7270 which we did not map into a BFD section, try to map the section
7271 index correctly. We use special macro definitions for the mapped
7272 section indices; these definitions are interpreted by the
7273 swap_out_syms function. */
7275 #define MAP_ONESYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 1)
7276 #define MAP_DYNSYMTAB (SHN_HIOS + 2)
7277 #define MAP_STRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 3)
7278 #define MAP_SHSTRTAB (SHN_HIOS + 4)
7279 #define MAP_SYM_SHNDX (SHN_HIOS + 5)
7282 _bfd_elf_copy_private_symbol_data (bfd *ibfd,
7287 elf_symbol_type *isym, *osym;
7289 if (bfd_get_flavour (ibfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour
7290 || bfd_get_flavour (obfd) != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
7293 isym = elf_symbol_from (ibfd, isymarg);
7294 osym = elf_symbol_from (obfd, osymarg);
7297 && isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0
7299 && bfd_is_abs_section (isym->symbol.section))
7303 shndx = isym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
7304 if (shndx == elf_onesymtab (ibfd))
7305 shndx = MAP_ONESYMTAB;
7306 else if (shndx == elf_dynsymtab (ibfd))
7307 shndx = MAP_DYNSYMTAB;
7308 else if (shndx == elf_strtab_sec (ibfd))
7310 else if (shndx == elf_shstrtab_sec (ibfd))
7311 shndx = MAP_SHSTRTAB;
7312 else if (find_section_in_list (shndx, elf_symtab_shndx_list (ibfd)))
7313 shndx = MAP_SYM_SHNDX;
7314 osym->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx = shndx;
7320 /* Swap out the symbols. */
7323 swap_out_syms (bfd *abfd,
7324 struct elf_strtab_hash **sttp,
7327 const struct elf_backend_data *bed;
7330 struct elf_strtab_hash *stt;
7331 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_hdr;
7332 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symtab_shndx_hdr;
7333 Elf_Internal_Shdr *symstrtab_hdr;
7334 struct elf_sym_strtab *symstrtab;
7335 bfd_byte *outbound_syms;
7336 bfd_byte *outbound_shndx;
7337 unsigned long outbound_syms_index;
7338 unsigned long outbound_shndx_index;
7340 unsigned int num_locals;
7342 bfd_boolean name_local_sections;
7344 if (!elf_map_symbols (abfd, &num_locals))
7347 /* Dump out the symtabs. */
7348 stt = _bfd_elf_strtab_init ();
7352 bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7353 symcount = bfd_get_symcount (abfd);
7354 symtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
7355 symtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB;
7356 symtab_hdr->sh_entsize = bed->s->sizeof_sym;
7357 symtab_hdr->sh_size = symtab_hdr->sh_entsize * (symcount + 1);
7358 symtab_hdr->sh_info = num_locals + 1;
7359 symtab_hdr->sh_addralign = (bfd_vma) 1 << bed->s->log_file_align;
7361 symstrtab_hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->strtab_hdr;
7362 symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
7364 /* Allocate buffer to swap out the .strtab section. */
7365 symstrtab = (struct elf_sym_strtab *) bfd_malloc ((symcount + 1)
7366 * sizeof (*symstrtab));
7367 if (symstrtab == NULL)
7369 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt);
7373 outbound_syms = (bfd_byte *) bfd_alloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount,
7374 bed->s->sizeof_sym);
7375 if (outbound_syms == NULL)
7378 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (stt);
7382 symtab_hdr->contents = outbound_syms;
7383 outbound_syms_index = 0;
7385 outbound_shndx = NULL;
7386 outbound_shndx_index = 0;
7388 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd))
7390 symtab_shndx_hdr = & elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd)->hdr;
7391 if (symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_name != 0)
7393 amt = (bfd_size_type) (1 + symcount) * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
7394 outbound_shndx = (bfd_byte *)
7395 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, 1 + symcount, sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx));
7396 if (outbound_shndx == NULL)
7399 symtab_shndx_hdr->contents = outbound_shndx;
7400 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_type = SHT_SYMTAB_SHNDX;
7401 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_size = amt;
7402 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_addralign = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
7403 symtab_shndx_hdr->sh_entsize = sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx);
7405 /* FIXME: What about any other headers in the list ? */
7408 /* Now generate the data (for "contents"). */
7410 /* Fill in zeroth symbol and swap it out. */
7411 Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
7417 sym.st_shndx = SHN_UNDEF;
7418 sym.st_target_internal = 0;
7419 symstrtab[0].sym = sym;
7420 symstrtab[0].dest_index = outbound_syms_index;
7421 symstrtab[0].destshndx_index = outbound_shndx_index;
7422 outbound_syms_index++;
7423 if (outbound_shndx != NULL)
7424 outbound_shndx_index++;
7428 = (bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols
7429 && bed->elf_backend_name_local_section_symbols (abfd));
7431 syms = bfd_get_outsymbols (abfd);
7432 for (idx = 0; idx < symcount;)
7434 Elf_Internal_Sym sym;
7435 bfd_vma value = syms[idx]->value;
7436 elf_symbol_type *type_ptr;
7437 flagword flags = syms[idx]->flags;
7440 if (!name_local_sections
7441 && (flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_GLOBAL)) == BSF_SECTION_SYM)
7443 /* Local section symbols have no name. */
7444 sym.st_name = (unsigned long) -1;
7448 /* Call _bfd_elf_strtab_offset after _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize
7449 to get the final offset for st_name. */
7451 = (unsigned long) _bfd_elf_strtab_add (stt, syms[idx]->name,
7453 if (sym.st_name == (unsigned long) -1)
7457 type_ptr = elf_symbol_from (abfd, syms[idx]);
7459 if ((flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM) == 0
7460 && bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
7462 /* ELF common symbols put the alignment into the `value' field,
7463 and the size into the `size' field. This is backwards from
7464 how BFD handles it, so reverse it here. */
7465 sym.st_size = value;
7466 if (type_ptr == NULL
7467 || type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value == 0)
7468 sym.st_value = value >= 16 ? 16 : (1 << bfd_log2 (value));
7470 sym.st_value = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_value;
7471 sym.st_shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section
7472 (abfd, syms[idx]->section);
7476 asection *sec = syms[idx]->section;
7479 if (sec->output_section)
7481 value += sec->output_offset;
7482 sec = sec->output_section;
7485 /* Don't add in the section vma for relocatable output. */
7486 if (! relocatable_p)
7488 sym.st_value = value;
7489 sym.st_size = type_ptr ? type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_size : 0;
7491 if (bfd_is_abs_section (sec)
7493 && type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx != 0)
7495 /* This symbol is in a real ELF section which we did
7496 not create as a BFD section. Undo the mapping done
7497 by copy_private_symbol_data. */
7498 shndx = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_shndx;
7502 shndx = elf_onesymtab (abfd);
7505 shndx = elf_dynsymtab (abfd);
7508 shndx = elf_strtab_sec (abfd);
7511 shndx = elf_shstrtab_sec (abfd);
7514 if (elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd))
7515 shndx = elf_symtab_shndx_list (abfd)->ndx;
7524 shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec);
7526 if (shndx == SHN_BAD)
7530 /* Writing this would be a hell of a lot easier if
7531 we had some decent documentation on bfd, and
7532 knew what to expect of the library, and what to
7533 demand of applications. For example, it
7534 appears that `objcopy' might not set the
7535 section of a symbol to be a section that is
7536 actually in the output file. */
7537 sec2 = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, sec->name);
7540 _bfd_error_handler (_("\
7541 Unable to find equivalent output section for symbol '%s' from section '%s'"),
7542 syms[idx]->name ? syms[idx]->name : "<Local sym>",
7544 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
7548 shndx = _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd, sec2);
7549 BFD_ASSERT (shndx != SHN_BAD);
7553 sym.st_shndx = shndx;
7556 if ((flags & BSF_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0)
7558 else if ((flags & BSF_GNU_INDIRECT_FUNCTION) != 0)
7559 type = STT_GNU_IFUNC;
7560 else if ((flags & BSF_FUNCTION) != 0)
7562 else if ((flags & BSF_OBJECT) != 0)
7564 else if ((flags & BSF_RELC) != 0)
7566 else if ((flags & BSF_SRELC) != 0)
7571 if (syms[idx]->section->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
7574 /* Processor-specific types. */
7575 if (type_ptr != NULL
7576 && bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type)
7577 type = ((*bed->elf_backend_get_symbol_type)
7578 (&type_ptr->internal_elf_sym, type));
7580 if (flags & BSF_SECTION_SYM)
7582 if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
7583 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, STT_SECTION);
7585 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION);
7587 else if (bfd_is_com_section (syms[idx]->section))
7589 if (type != STT_TLS)
7591 if ((abfd->flags & BFD_CONVERT_ELF_COMMON))
7592 type = ((abfd->flags & BFD_USE_ELF_STT_COMMON)
7593 ? STT_COMMON : STT_OBJECT);
7595 type = ((flags & BSF_ELF_COMMON) != 0
7596 ? STT_COMMON : STT_OBJECT);
7598 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL, type);
7600 else if (bfd_is_und_section (syms[idx]->section))
7601 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (((flags & BSF_WEAK)
7605 else if (flags & BSF_FILE)
7606 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE);
7609 int bind = STB_LOCAL;
7611 if (flags & BSF_LOCAL)
7613 else if (flags & BSF_GNU_UNIQUE)
7614 bind = STB_GNU_UNIQUE;
7615 else if (flags & BSF_WEAK)
7617 else if (flags & BSF_GLOBAL)
7620 sym.st_info = ELF_ST_INFO (bind, type);
7623 if (type_ptr != NULL)
7625 sym.st_other = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_other;
7626 sym.st_target_internal
7627 = type_ptr->internal_elf_sym.st_target_internal;
7632 sym.st_target_internal = 0;
7636 symstrtab[idx].sym = sym;
7637 symstrtab[idx].dest_index = outbound_syms_index;
7638 symstrtab[idx].destshndx_index = outbound_shndx_index;
7640 outbound_syms_index++;
7641 if (outbound_shndx != NULL)
7642 outbound_shndx_index++;
7645 /* Finalize the .strtab section. */
7646 _bfd_elf_strtab_finalize (stt);
7648 /* Swap out the .strtab section. */
7649 for (idx = 0; idx <= symcount; idx++)
7651 struct elf_sym_strtab *elfsym = &symstrtab[idx];
7652 if (elfsym->sym.st_name == (unsigned long) -1)
7653 elfsym->sym.st_name = 0;
7655 elfsym->sym.st_name = _bfd_elf_strtab_offset (stt,
7656 elfsym->sym.st_name);
7657 bed->s->swap_symbol_out (abfd, &elfsym->sym,
7659 + (elfsym->dest_index
7660 * bed->s->sizeof_sym)),
7662 + (elfsym->destshndx_index
7663 * sizeof (Elf_External_Sym_Shndx))));
7668 symstrtab_hdr->sh_size = _bfd_elf_strtab_size (stt);
7669 symstrtab_hdr->sh_type = SHT_STRTAB;
7670 symstrtab_hdr->sh_flags = bed->elf_strtab_flags;
7671 symstrtab_hdr->sh_addr = 0;
7672 symstrtab_hdr->sh_entsize = 0;
7673 symstrtab_hdr->sh_link = 0;
7674 symstrtab_hdr->sh_info = 0;
7675 symstrtab_hdr->sh_addralign = 1;
7680 /* Return the number of bytes required to hold the symtab vector.
7682 Note that we base it on the count plus 1, since we will null terminate
7683 the vector allocated based on this size. However, the ELF symbol table
7684 always has a dummy entry as symbol #0, so it ends up even. */
7687 _bfd_elf_get_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
7691 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->symtab_hdr;
7693 symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
7694 symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
7696 symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *);
7702 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_symtab_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
7706 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynsymtab_hdr;
7708 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
7710 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
7714 symcount = hdr->sh_size / get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym;
7715 symtab_size = (symcount + 1) * (sizeof (asymbol *));
7717 symtab_size -= sizeof (asymbol *);
7723 _bfd_elf_get_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7726 return (asect->reloc_count + 1) * sizeof (arelent *);
7729 /* Canonicalize the relocs. */
7732 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_reloc (bfd *abfd,
7739 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7741 if (! bed->s->slurp_reloc_table (abfd, section, symbols, FALSE))
7744 tblptr = section->relocation;
7745 for (i = 0; i < section->reloc_count; i++)
7746 *relptr++ = tblptr++;
7750 return section->reloc_count;
7754 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_symtab (bfd *abfd, asymbol **allocation)
7756 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7757 long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, FALSE);
7760 bfd_get_symcount (abfd) = symcount;
7765 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
7766 asymbol **allocation)
7768 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
7769 long symcount = bed->s->slurp_symbol_table (abfd, allocation, TRUE);
7772 bfd_get_dynamic_symcount (abfd) = symcount;
7776 /* Return the size required for the dynamic reloc entries. Any loadable
7777 section that was actually installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL
7778 or SHT_RELA, and uses the dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a
7779 dynamic reloc section. */
7782 _bfd_elf_get_dynamic_reloc_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
7787 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
7789 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
7793 ret = sizeof (arelent *);
7794 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
7795 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
7796 && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
7797 || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
7798 ret += ((s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize)
7799 * sizeof (arelent *));
7804 /* Canonicalize the dynamic relocation entries. Note that we return the
7805 dynamic relocations as a single block, although they are actually
7806 associated with particular sections; the interface, which was
7807 designed for SunOS style shared libraries, expects that there is only
7808 one set of dynamic relocs. Any loadable section that was actually
7809 installed in the BFD, and has type SHT_REL or SHT_RELA, and uses the
7810 dynamic symbol table, is considered to be a dynamic reloc section. */
7813 _bfd_elf_canonicalize_dynamic_reloc (bfd *abfd,
7817 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
7821 if (elf_dynsymtab (abfd) == 0)
7823 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_invalid_operation);
7827 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
7829 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
7831 if (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_link == elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
7832 && (elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_REL
7833 || elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_type == SHT_RELA))
7838 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, s, syms, TRUE))
7840 count = s->size / elf_section_data (s)->this_hdr.sh_entsize;
7842 for (i = 0; i < count; i++)
7853 /* Read in the version information. */
7856 _bfd_elf_slurp_version_tables (bfd *abfd, bfd_boolean default_imported_symver)
7858 bfd_byte *contents = NULL;
7859 unsigned int freeidx = 0;
7861 if (elf_dynverref (abfd) != 0)
7863 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
7864 Elf_External_Verneed *everneed;
7865 Elf_Internal_Verneed *iverneed;
7867 bfd_byte *contents_end;
7869 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverref_hdr;
7871 if (hdr->sh_info == 0 || hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed))
7873 error_return_bad_verref:
7874 (*_bfd_error_handler)
7875 (_("%B: .gnu.version_r invalid entry"), abfd);
7876 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
7877 error_return_verref:
7878 elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = NULL;
7879 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = 0;
7883 contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
7884 if (contents == NULL)
7885 goto error_return_verref;
7887 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
7888 || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
7889 goto error_return_verref;
7891 elf_tdata (abfd)->verref = (Elf_Internal_Verneed *)
7892 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, hdr->sh_info, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verneed));
7894 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verref == NULL)
7895 goto error_return_verref;
7897 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed)
7898 == sizeof (Elf_External_Vernaux));
7899 contents_end = contents + hdr->sh_size - sizeof (Elf_External_Verneed);
7900 everneed = (Elf_External_Verneed *) contents;
7901 iverneed = elf_tdata (abfd)->verref;
7902 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++, iverneed++)
7904 Elf_External_Vernaux *evernaux;
7905 Elf_Internal_Vernaux *ivernaux;
7908 _bfd_elf_swap_verneed_in (abfd, everneed, iverneed);
7910 iverneed->vn_bfd = abfd;
7912 iverneed->vn_filename =
7913 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
7915 if (iverneed->vn_filename == NULL)
7916 goto error_return_bad_verref;
7918 if (iverneed->vn_cnt == 0)
7919 iverneed->vn_auxptr = NULL;
7922 iverneed->vn_auxptr = (struct elf_internal_vernaux *)
7923 bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverneed->vn_cnt,
7924 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Vernaux));
7925 if (iverneed->vn_auxptr == NULL)
7926 goto error_return_verref;
7929 if (iverneed->vn_aux
7930 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed))
7931 goto error_return_bad_verref;
7933 evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
7934 ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_aux));
7935 ivernaux = iverneed->vn_auxptr;
7936 for (j = 0; j < iverneed->vn_cnt; j++, ivernaux++)
7938 _bfd_elf_swap_vernaux_in (abfd, evernaux, ivernaux);
7940 ivernaux->vna_nodename =
7941 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
7942 ivernaux->vna_name);
7943 if (ivernaux->vna_nodename == NULL)
7944 goto error_return_bad_verref;
7946 if (ivernaux->vna_other > freeidx)
7947 freeidx = ivernaux->vna_other;
7949 ivernaux->vna_nextptr = NULL;
7950 if (ivernaux->vna_next == 0)
7952 iverneed->vn_cnt = j + 1;
7955 if (j + 1 < iverneed->vn_cnt)
7956 ivernaux->vna_nextptr = ivernaux + 1;
7958 if (ivernaux->vna_next
7959 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) evernaux))
7960 goto error_return_bad_verref;
7962 evernaux = ((Elf_External_Vernaux *)
7963 ((bfd_byte *) evernaux + ivernaux->vna_next));
7966 iverneed->vn_nextref = NULL;
7967 if (iverneed->vn_next == 0)
7969 if (i + 1 < hdr->sh_info)
7970 iverneed->vn_nextref = iverneed + 1;
7972 if (iverneed->vn_next
7973 > (size_t) (contents_end - (bfd_byte *) everneed))
7974 goto error_return_bad_verref;
7976 everneed = ((Elf_External_Verneed *)
7977 ((bfd_byte *) everneed + iverneed->vn_next));
7979 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverrefs = i;
7985 if (elf_dynverdef (abfd) != 0)
7987 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
7988 Elf_External_Verdef *everdef;
7989 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef;
7990 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdefarr;
7991 Elf_Internal_Verdef iverdefmem;
7993 unsigned int maxidx;
7994 bfd_byte *contents_end_def, *contents_end_aux;
7996 hdr = &elf_tdata (abfd)->dynverdef_hdr;
7998 if (hdr->sh_info == 0 || hdr->sh_size < sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef))
8000 error_return_bad_verdef:
8001 (*_bfd_error_handler)
8002 (_("%B: .gnu.version_d invalid entry"), abfd);
8003 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8004 error_return_verdef:
8005 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = NULL;
8006 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = 0;
8010 contents = (bfd_byte *) bfd_malloc (hdr->sh_size);
8011 if (contents == NULL)
8012 goto error_return_verdef;
8013 if (bfd_seek (abfd, hdr->sh_offset, SEEK_SET) != 0
8014 || bfd_bread (contents, hdr->sh_size, abfd) != hdr->sh_size)
8015 goto error_return_verdef;
8017 BFD_ASSERT (sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef)
8018 >= sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux));
8019 contents_end_def = contents + hdr->sh_size
8020 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdef);
8021 contents_end_aux = contents + hdr->sh_size
8022 - sizeof (Elf_External_Verdaux);
8024 /* We know the number of entries in the section but not the maximum
8025 index. Therefore we have to run through all entries and find
8027 everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
8029 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; ++i)
8031 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
8033 if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION)) == 0)
8034 goto error_return_bad_verdef;
8035 if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION)) > maxidx)
8036 maxidx = iverdefmem.vd_ndx & ((unsigned) VERSYM_VERSION);
8038 if (iverdefmem.vd_next == 0)
8041 if (iverdefmem.vd_next
8042 > (size_t) (contents_end_def - (bfd_byte *) everdef))
8043 goto error_return_bad_verdef;
8045 everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
8046 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdefmem.vd_next));
8049 if (default_imported_symver)
8051 if (freeidx > maxidx)
8057 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = (Elf_Internal_Verdef *)
8058 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, maxidx, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
8059 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
8060 goto error_return_verdef;
8062 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = maxidx;
8064 everdef = (Elf_External_Verdef *) contents;
8065 iverdefarr = elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef;
8066 for (i = 0; i < hdr->sh_info; i++)
8068 Elf_External_Verdaux *everdaux;
8069 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux;
8072 _bfd_elf_swap_verdef_in (abfd, everdef, &iverdefmem);
8074 if ((iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) == 0)
8075 goto error_return_bad_verdef;
8077 iverdef = &iverdefarr[(iverdefmem.vd_ndx & VERSYM_VERSION) - 1];
8078 memcpy (iverdef, &iverdefmem, offsetof (Elf_Internal_Verdef, vd_bfd));
8080 iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd;
8082 if (iverdef->vd_cnt == 0)
8083 iverdef->vd_auxptr = NULL;
8086 iverdef->vd_auxptr = (struct elf_internal_verdaux *)
8087 bfd_alloc2 (abfd, iverdef->vd_cnt,
8088 sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux));
8089 if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL)
8090 goto error_return_verdef;
8094 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdef))
8095 goto error_return_bad_verdef;
8097 everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
8098 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_aux));
8099 iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr;
8100 for (j = 0; j < iverdef->vd_cnt; j++, iverdaux++)
8102 _bfd_elf_swap_verdaux_in (abfd, everdaux, iverdaux);
8104 iverdaux->vda_nodename =
8105 bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (abfd, hdr->sh_link,
8106 iverdaux->vda_name);
8107 if (iverdaux->vda_nodename == NULL)
8108 goto error_return_bad_verdef;
8110 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = NULL;
8111 if (iverdaux->vda_next == 0)
8113 iverdef->vd_cnt = j + 1;
8116 if (j + 1 < iverdef->vd_cnt)
8117 iverdaux->vda_nextptr = iverdaux + 1;
8119 if (iverdaux->vda_next
8120 > (size_t) (contents_end_aux - (bfd_byte *) everdaux))
8121 goto error_return_bad_verdef;
8123 everdaux = ((Elf_External_Verdaux *)
8124 ((bfd_byte *) everdaux + iverdaux->vda_next));
8127 iverdef->vd_nodename = NULL;
8128 if (iverdef->vd_cnt)
8129 iverdef->vd_nodename = iverdef->vd_auxptr->vda_nodename;
8131 iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL;
8132 if (iverdef->vd_next == 0)
8134 if ((size_t) (iverdef - iverdefarr) + 1 < maxidx)
8135 iverdef->vd_nextdef = iverdef + 1;
8137 everdef = ((Elf_External_Verdef *)
8138 ((bfd_byte *) everdef + iverdef->vd_next));
8144 else if (default_imported_symver)
8151 elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef = (Elf_Internal_Verdef *)
8152 bfd_zalloc2 (abfd, freeidx, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdef));
8153 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef == NULL)
8156 elf_tdata (abfd)->cverdefs = freeidx;
8159 /* Create a default version based on the soname. */
8160 if (default_imported_symver)
8162 Elf_Internal_Verdef *iverdef;
8163 Elf_Internal_Verdaux *iverdaux;
8165 iverdef = &elf_tdata (abfd)->verdef[freeidx - 1];
8167 iverdef->vd_version = VER_DEF_CURRENT;
8168 iverdef->vd_flags = 0;
8169 iverdef->vd_ndx = freeidx;
8170 iverdef->vd_cnt = 1;
8172 iverdef->vd_bfd = abfd;
8174 iverdef->vd_nodename = bfd_elf_get_dt_soname (abfd);
8175 if (iverdef->vd_nodename == NULL)
8176 goto error_return_verdef;
8177 iverdef->vd_nextdef = NULL;
8178 iverdef->vd_auxptr = ((struct elf_internal_verdaux *)
8179 bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof (Elf_Internal_Verdaux)));
8180 if (iverdef->vd_auxptr == NULL)
8181 goto error_return_verdef;
8183 iverdaux = iverdef->vd_auxptr;
8184 iverdaux->vda_nodename = iverdef->vd_nodename;
8190 if (contents != NULL)
8196 _bfd_elf_make_empty_symbol (bfd *abfd)
8198 elf_symbol_type *newsym;
8200 newsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfd_zalloc (abfd, sizeof * newsym);
8203 newsym->symbol.the_bfd = abfd;
8204 return &newsym->symbol;
8208 _bfd_elf_get_symbol_info (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8212 bfd_symbol_info (symbol, ret);
8215 /* Return whether a symbol name implies a local symbol. Most targets
8216 use this function for the is_local_label_name entry point, but some
8220 _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8223 /* Normal local symbols start with ``.L''. */
8224 if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == 'L')
8227 /* At least some SVR4 compilers (e.g., UnixWare 2.1 cc) generate
8228 DWARF debugging symbols starting with ``..''. */
8229 if (name[0] == '.' && name[1] == '.')
8232 /* gcc will sometimes generate symbols beginning with ``_.L_'' when
8233 emitting DWARF debugging output. I suspect this is actually a
8234 small bug in gcc (it calls ASM_OUTPUT_LABEL when it should call
8235 ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL, and this causes the leading
8236 underscore to be emitted on some ELF targets). For ease of use,
8237 we treat such symbols as local. */
8238 if (name[0] == '_' && name[1] == '.' && name[2] == 'L' && name[3] == '_')
8241 /* Treat assembler generated fake symbols, dollar local labels and
8242 forward-backward labels (aka local labels) as locals.
8243 These labels have the form:
8245 L0^A.* (fake symbols)
8247 [.]?L[0123456789]+{^A|^B}[0123456789]* (local labels)
8249 Versions which start with .L will have already been matched above,
8250 so we only need to match the rest. */
8251 if (name[0] == 'L' && ISDIGIT (name[1]))
8253 bfd_boolean ret = FALSE;
8257 for (p = name + 2; (c = *p); p++)
8259 if (c == 1 || c == 2)
8261 if (c == 1 && p == name + 2)
8262 /* A fake symbol. */
8265 /* FIXME: We are being paranoid here and treating symbols like
8266 L0^Bfoo as if there were non-local, on the grounds that the
8267 assembler will never generate them. But can any symbol
8268 containing an ASCII value in the range 1-31 ever be anything
8269 other than some kind of local ? */
8286 _bfd_elf_get_lineno (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8287 asymbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8294 _bfd_elf_set_arch_mach (bfd *abfd,
8295 enum bfd_architecture arch,
8296 unsigned long machine)
8298 /* If this isn't the right architecture for this backend, and this
8299 isn't the generic backend, fail. */
8300 if (arch != get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch
8301 && arch != bfd_arch_unknown
8302 && get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->arch != bfd_arch_unknown)
8305 return bfd_default_set_arch_mach (abfd, arch, machine);
8308 /* Find the nearest line to a particular section and offset,
8309 for error reporting. */
8312 _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd *abfd,
8316 const char **filename_ptr,
8317 const char **functionname_ptr,
8318 unsigned int *line_ptr,
8319 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr)
8323 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, NULL, section, offset,
8324 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
8325 line_ptr, discriminator_ptr,
8326 dwarf_debug_sections, 0,
8327 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info)
8328 || _bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
8329 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr,
8332 if (!*functionname_ptr)
8333 _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
8334 *filename_ptr ? NULL : filename_ptr,
8339 if (! _bfd_stab_section_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
8340 &found, filename_ptr,
8341 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
8342 &elf_tdata (abfd)->line_info))
8344 if (found && (*functionname_ptr || *line_ptr))
8347 if (symbols == NULL)
8350 if (! _bfd_elf_find_function (abfd, symbols, section, offset,
8351 filename_ptr, functionname_ptr))
8358 /* Find the line for a symbol. */
8361 _bfd_elf_find_line (bfd *abfd, asymbol **symbols, asymbol *symbol,
8362 const char **filename_ptr, unsigned int *line_ptr)
8364 return _bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd, symbols, symbol, NULL, 0,
8365 filename_ptr, NULL, line_ptr, NULL,
8366 dwarf_debug_sections, 0,
8367 &elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
8370 /* After a call to bfd_find_nearest_line, successive calls to
8371 bfd_find_inliner_info can be used to get source information about
8372 each level of function inlining that terminated at the address
8373 passed to bfd_find_nearest_line. Currently this is only supported
8374 for DWARF2 with appropriate DWARF3 extensions. */
8377 _bfd_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd *abfd,
8378 const char **filename_ptr,
8379 const char **functionname_ptr,
8380 unsigned int *line_ptr)
8383 found = _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd, filename_ptr,
8384 functionname_ptr, line_ptr,
8385 & elf_tdata (abfd)->dwarf2_find_line_info);
8390 _bfd_elf_sizeof_headers (bfd *abfd, struct bfd_link_info *info)
8392 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
8393 int ret = bed->s->sizeof_ehdr;
8395 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (info))
8397 bfd_size_type phdr_size = elf_program_header_size (abfd);
8399 if (phdr_size == (bfd_size_type) -1)
8401 struct elf_segment_map *m;
8404 for (m = elf_seg_map (abfd); m != NULL; m = m->next)
8405 phdr_size += bed->s->sizeof_phdr;
8408 phdr_size = get_program_header_size (abfd, info);
8411 elf_program_header_size (abfd) = phdr_size;
8419 _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (bfd *abfd,
8421 const void *location,
8423 bfd_size_type count)
8425 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
8428 if (! abfd->output_has_begun
8429 && ! _bfd_elf_compute_section_file_positions (abfd, NULL))
8435 hdr = &elf_section_data (section)->this_hdr;
8436 if (hdr->sh_offset == (file_ptr) -1)
8438 /* We must compress this section. Write output to the buffer. */
8439 unsigned char *contents = hdr->contents;
8440 if ((offset + count) > hdr->sh_size
8441 || (section->flags & SEC_ELF_COMPRESS) == 0
8442 || contents == NULL)
8444 memcpy (contents + offset, location, count);
8447 pos = hdr->sh_offset + offset;
8448 if (bfd_seek (abfd, pos, SEEK_SET) != 0
8449 || bfd_bwrite (location, count, abfd) != count)
8456 _bfd_elf_no_info_to_howto (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8457 arelent *cache_ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8458 Elf_Internal_Rela *dst ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8463 /* Try to convert a non-ELF reloc into an ELF one. */
8466 _bfd_elf_validate_reloc (bfd *abfd, arelent *areloc)
8468 /* Check whether we really have an ELF howto. */
8470 if ((*areloc->sym_ptr_ptr)->the_bfd->xvec != abfd->xvec)
8472 bfd_reloc_code_real_type code;
8473 reloc_howto_type *howto;
8475 /* Alien reloc: Try to determine its type to replace it with an
8476 equivalent ELF reloc. */
8478 if (areloc->howto->pc_relative)
8480 switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
8483 code = BFD_RELOC_8_PCREL;
8486 code = BFD_RELOC_12_PCREL;
8489 code = BFD_RELOC_16_PCREL;
8492 code = BFD_RELOC_24_PCREL;
8495 code = BFD_RELOC_32_PCREL;
8498 code = BFD_RELOC_64_PCREL;
8504 howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
8506 if (areloc->howto->pcrel_offset != howto->pcrel_offset)
8508 if (howto->pcrel_offset)
8509 areloc->addend += areloc->address;
8511 areloc->addend -= areloc->address; /* addend is unsigned!! */
8516 switch (areloc->howto->bitsize)
8522 code = BFD_RELOC_14;
8525 code = BFD_RELOC_16;
8528 code = BFD_RELOC_26;
8531 code = BFD_RELOC_32;
8534 code = BFD_RELOC_64;
8540 howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (abfd, code);
8544 areloc->howto = howto;
8552 (*_bfd_error_handler)
8553 (_("%B: unsupported relocation type %s"),
8554 abfd, areloc->howto->name);
8555 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value);
8560 _bfd_elf_close_and_cleanup (bfd *abfd)
8562 struct elf_obj_tdata *tdata = elf_tdata (abfd);
8563 if (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object && tdata != NULL)
8565 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->o != NULL && elf_shstrtab (abfd) != NULL)
8566 _bfd_elf_strtab_free (elf_shstrtab (abfd));
8567 _bfd_dwarf2_cleanup_debug_info (abfd, &tdata->dwarf2_find_line_info);
8570 return _bfd_generic_close_and_cleanup (abfd);
8573 /* For Rel targets, we encode meaningful data for BFD_RELOC_VTABLE_ENTRY
8574 in the relocation's offset. Thus we cannot allow any sort of sanity
8575 range-checking to interfere. There is nothing else to do in processing
8578 bfd_reloc_status_type
8579 _bfd_elf_rel_vtable_reloc_fn
8580 (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, arelent *re ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8581 struct bfd_symbol *symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8582 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *is ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
8583 bfd *obfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, char **errmsg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8585 return bfd_reloc_ok;
8588 /* Elf core file support. Much of this only works on native
8589 toolchains, since we rely on knowing the
8590 machine-dependent procfs structure in order to pick
8591 out details about the corefile. */
8593 #ifdef HAVE_SYS_PROCFS_H
8594 /* Needed for new procfs interface on sparc-solaris. */
8595 # define _STRUCTURED_PROC 1
8596 # include <sys/procfs.h>
8599 /* Return a PID that identifies a "thread" for threaded cores, or the
8600 PID of the main process for non-threaded cores. */
8603 elfcore_make_pid (bfd *abfd)
8607 pid = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid;
8609 pid = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid;
8614 /* If there isn't a section called NAME, make one, using
8615 data from SECT. Note, this function will generate a
8616 reference to NAME, so you shouldn't deallocate or
8620 elfcore_maybe_make_sect (bfd *abfd, char *name, asection *sect)
8624 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, name) != NULL)
8627 sect2 = bfd_make_section_with_flags (abfd, name, sect->flags);
8631 sect2->size = sect->size;
8632 sect2->filepos = sect->filepos;
8633 sect2->alignment_power = sect->alignment_power;
8637 /* Create a pseudosection containing SIZE bytes at FILEPOS. This
8638 actually creates up to two pseudosections:
8639 - For the single-threaded case, a section named NAME, unless
8640 such a section already exists.
8641 - For the multi-threaded case, a section named "NAME/PID", where
8642 PID is elfcore_make_pid (abfd).
8643 Both pseudosections have identical contents. */
8645 _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (bfd *abfd,
8651 char *threaded_name;
8655 /* Build the section name. */
8657 sprintf (buf, "%s/%d", name, elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
8658 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
8659 threaded_name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
8660 if (threaded_name == NULL)
8662 memcpy (threaded_name, buf, len);
8664 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, threaded_name,
8669 sect->filepos = filepos;
8670 sect->alignment_power = 2;
8672 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, name, sect);
8675 /* prstatus_t exists on:
8677 linux 2.[01] + glibc
8681 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
8684 elfcore_grok_prstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8689 if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus_t))
8693 size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
8694 offset = offsetof (prstatus_t, pr_reg);
8695 memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
8697 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
8698 has already been set by another thread. */
8699 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal == 0)
8700 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
8701 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid == 0)
8702 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = prstat.pr_pid;
8704 /* pr_who exists on:
8707 pr_who doesn't exist on:
8710 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T_PR_WHO)
8711 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
8713 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = prstat.pr_pid;
8716 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
8717 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (prstatus32_t))
8719 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
8720 prstatus32_t prstat;
8722 size = sizeof (prstat.pr_reg);
8723 offset = offsetof (prstatus32_t, pr_reg);
8724 memcpy (&prstat, note->descdata, sizeof (prstat));
8726 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it
8727 has already been set by another thread. */
8728 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal == 0)
8729 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = prstat.pr_cursig;
8730 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid == 0)
8731 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = prstat.pr_pid;
8733 /* pr_who exists on:
8736 pr_who doesn't exist on:
8739 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T_PR_WHO)
8740 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = prstat.pr_who;
8742 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = prstat.pr_pid;
8745 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T */
8748 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
8749 note size (ie. data object type). */
8753 /* Make a ".reg/999" section and a ".reg" section. */
8754 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg",
8755 size, note->descpos + offset);
8757 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T) */
8759 /* Create a pseudosection containing the exact contents of NOTE. */
8761 elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (bfd *abfd,
8763 Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8765 return _bfd_elfcore_make_pseudosection (abfd, name,
8766 note->descsz, note->descpos);
8769 /* There isn't a consistent prfpregset_t across platforms,
8770 but it doesn't matter, because we don't have to pick this
8771 data structure apart. */
8774 elfcore_grok_prfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8776 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
8779 /* Linux dumps the Intel SSE regs in a note named "LINUX" with a note
8780 type of NT_PRXFPREG. Just include the whole note's contents
8784 elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8786 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note);
8789 /* Linux dumps the Intel XSAVE extended state in a note named "LINUX"
8790 with a note type of NT_X86_XSTATE. Just include the whole note's
8791 contents literally. */
8794 elfcore_grok_xstatereg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8796 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xstate", note);
8800 elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8802 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-vmx", note);
8806 elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8808 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-ppc-vsx", note);
8812 elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8814 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-high-gprs", note);
8818 elfcore_grok_s390_timer (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8820 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-timer", note);
8824 elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8826 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-todcmp", note);
8830 elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8832 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-todpreg", note);
8836 elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8838 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-ctrs", note);
8842 elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8844 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-prefix", note);
8848 elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8850 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-last-break", note);
8854 elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8856 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-system-call", note);
8860 elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8862 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-tdb", note);
8866 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8868 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low", note);
8872 elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8874 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high", note);
8878 elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8880 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-arm-vfp", note);
8884 elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8886 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-aarch-tls", note);
8890 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8892 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-aarch-hw-break", note);
8896 elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8898 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch", note);
8901 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T)
8902 typedef prpsinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t;
8903 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
8904 typedef prpsinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
8908 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8909 typedef psinfo_t elfcore_psinfo_t;
8910 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T) /* Sparc64 cross Sparc32 */
8911 typedef psinfo32_t elfcore_psinfo32_t;
8915 /* return a malloc'ed copy of a string at START which is at
8916 most MAX bytes long, possibly without a terminating '\0'.
8917 the copy will always have a terminating '\0'. */
8920 _bfd_elfcore_strndup (bfd *abfd, char *start, size_t max)
8923 char *end = (char *) memchr (start, '\0', max);
8931 dups = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len + 1);
8935 memcpy (dups, start, len);
8941 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
8943 elfcore_grok_psinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
8945 if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo_t))
8947 elfcore_psinfo_t psinfo;
8949 memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
8951 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T_PR_PID)
8952 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = psinfo.pr_pid;
8954 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program
8955 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname,
8956 sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
8958 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
8959 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs,
8960 sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
8962 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
8963 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (elfcore_psinfo32_t))
8965 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
8966 elfcore_psinfo32_t psinfo;
8968 memcpy (&psinfo, note->descdata, sizeof (psinfo));
8970 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T_PR_PID) || defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T_PR_PID)
8971 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = psinfo.pr_pid;
8973 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->program
8974 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_fname,
8975 sizeof (psinfo.pr_fname));
8977 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
8978 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, psinfo.pr_psargs,
8979 sizeof (psinfo.pr_psargs));
8985 /* Fail - we don't know how to handle any other
8986 note size (ie. data object type). */
8990 /* Note that for some reason, a spurious space is tacked
8991 onto the end of the args in some (at least one anyway)
8992 implementations, so strip it off if it exists. */
8995 char *command = elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command;
8996 int n = strlen (command);
8998 if (0 < n && command[n - 1] == ' ')
8999 command[n - 1] = '\0';
9004 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T) */
9006 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
9008 elfcore_grok_pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9010 if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus_t)
9011 #if defined (HAVE_PXSTATUS_T)
9012 || note->descsz == sizeof (pxstatus_t)
9018 memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
9020 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = pstat.pr_pid;
9022 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
9023 else if (note->descsz == sizeof (pstatus32_t))
9025 /* 64-bit host, 32-bit corefile */
9028 memcpy (&pstat, note->descdata, sizeof (pstat));
9030 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = pstat.pr_pid;
9033 /* Could grab some more details from the "representative"
9034 lwpstatus_t in pstat.pr_lwp, but we'll catch it all in an
9035 NT_LWPSTATUS note, presumably. */
9039 #endif /* defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T) */
9041 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
9043 elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9045 lwpstatus_t lwpstat;
9051 if (note->descsz != sizeof (lwpstat)
9052 #if defined (HAVE_LWPXSTATUS_T)
9053 && note->descsz != sizeof (lwpxstatus_t)
9058 memcpy (&lwpstat, note->descdata, sizeof (lwpstat));
9060 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = lwpstat.pr_lwpid;
9061 /* Do not overwrite the core signal if it has already been set by
9063 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal == 0)
9064 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = lwpstat.pr_cursig;
9066 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
9068 sprintf (buf, ".reg/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
9069 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
9070 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
9073 memcpy (name, buf, len);
9075 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
9079 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
9080 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
9081 sect->filepos = note->descpos
9082 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs);
9085 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
9086 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg);
9087 sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_reg);
9090 sect->alignment_power = 2;
9092 if (!elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
9095 /* Make a ".reg2/999" section */
9097 sprintf (buf, ".reg2/%d", elfcore_make_pid (abfd));
9098 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
9099 name = bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
9102 memcpy (name, buf, len);
9104 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
9108 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
9109 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
9110 sect->filepos = note->descpos
9111 + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_context.uc_mcontext.fpregs);
9114 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_FPREG)
9115 sect->size = sizeof (lwpstat.pr_fpreg);
9116 sect->filepos = note->descpos + offsetof (lwpstatus_t, pr_fpreg);
9119 sect->alignment_power = 2;
9121 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg2", sect);
9123 #endif /* defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T) */
9126 elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9133 int is_active_thread;
9136 if (note->descsz < 728)
9139 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (note->namedata, "win32"))
9142 type = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata);
9146 case 1 /* NOTE_INFO_PROCESS */:
9147 /* FIXME: need to add ->core->command. */
9148 /* process_info.pid */
9149 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8);
9150 /* process_info.signal */
9151 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 12);
9154 case 2 /* NOTE_INFO_THREAD */:
9155 /* Make a ".reg/999" section. */
9156 /* thread_info.tid */
9157 sprintf (buf, ".reg/%ld", (long) bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8));
9159 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
9160 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
9164 memcpy (name, buf, len);
9166 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
9170 /* sizeof (thread_info.thread_context) */
9172 /* offsetof (thread_info.thread_context) */
9173 sect->filepos = note->descpos + 12;
9174 sect->alignment_power = 2;
9176 /* thread_info.is_active_thread */
9177 is_active_thread = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 8);
9179 if (is_active_thread)
9180 if (! elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".reg", sect))
9184 case 3 /* NOTE_INFO_MODULE */:
9185 /* Make a ".module/xxxxxxxx" section. */
9186 /* module_info.base_address */
9187 base_addr = bfd_get_32 (abfd, note->descdata + 4);
9188 sprintf (buf, ".module/%08lx", (unsigned long) base_addr);
9190 len = strlen (buf) + 1;
9191 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
9195 memcpy (name, buf, len);
9197 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
9202 sect->size = note->descsz;
9203 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
9204 sect->alignment_power = 2;
9215 elfcore_grok_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9217 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
9225 if (bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus)
9226 if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_prstatus) (abfd, note))
9228 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
9229 return elfcore_grok_prstatus (abfd, note);
9234 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
9236 return elfcore_grok_pstatus (abfd, note);
9239 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
9241 return elfcore_grok_lwpstatus (abfd, note);
9244 case NT_FPREGSET: /* FIXME: rename to NT_PRFPREG */
9245 return elfcore_grok_prfpreg (abfd, note);
9247 case NT_WIN32PSTATUS:
9248 return elfcore_grok_win32pstatus (abfd, note);
9250 case NT_PRXFPREG: /* Linux SSE extension */
9251 if (note->namesz == 6
9252 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9253 return elfcore_grok_prxfpreg (abfd, note);
9257 case NT_X86_XSTATE: /* Linux XSAVE extension */
9258 if (note->namesz == 6
9259 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9260 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd, note);
9261 else if (note->namesz == 8
9262 && strcmp (note->namedata, "FreeBSD") == 0)
9263 return elfcore_grok_xstatereg (abfd, note);
9268 if (note->namesz == 6
9269 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9270 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vmx (abfd, note);
9275 if (note->namesz == 6
9276 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9277 return elfcore_grok_ppc_vsx (abfd, note);
9281 case NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS:
9282 if (note->namesz == 6
9283 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9284 return elfcore_grok_s390_high_gprs (abfd, note);
9289 if (note->namesz == 6
9290 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9291 return elfcore_grok_s390_timer (abfd, note);
9295 case NT_S390_TODCMP:
9296 if (note->namesz == 6
9297 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9298 return elfcore_grok_s390_todcmp (abfd, note);
9302 case NT_S390_TODPREG:
9303 if (note->namesz == 6
9304 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9305 return elfcore_grok_s390_todpreg (abfd, note);
9310 if (note->namesz == 6
9311 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9312 return elfcore_grok_s390_ctrs (abfd, note);
9316 case NT_S390_PREFIX:
9317 if (note->namesz == 6
9318 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9319 return elfcore_grok_s390_prefix (abfd, note);
9323 case NT_S390_LAST_BREAK:
9324 if (note->namesz == 6
9325 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9326 return elfcore_grok_s390_last_break (abfd, note);
9330 case NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL:
9331 if (note->namesz == 6
9332 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9333 return elfcore_grok_s390_system_call (abfd, note);
9338 if (note->namesz == 6
9339 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9340 return elfcore_grok_s390_tdb (abfd, note);
9344 case NT_S390_VXRS_LOW:
9345 if (note->namesz == 6
9346 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9347 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_low (abfd, note);
9351 case NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH:
9352 if (note->namesz == 6
9353 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9354 return elfcore_grok_s390_vxrs_high (abfd, note);
9359 if (note->namesz == 6
9360 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9361 return elfcore_grok_arm_vfp (abfd, note);
9366 if (note->namesz == 6
9367 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9368 return elfcore_grok_aarch_tls (abfd, note);
9372 case NT_ARM_HW_BREAK:
9373 if (note->namesz == 6
9374 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9375 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_break (abfd, note);
9379 case NT_ARM_HW_WATCH:
9380 if (note->namesz == 6
9381 && strcmp (note->namedata, "LINUX") == 0)
9382 return elfcore_grok_aarch_hw_watch (abfd, note);
9388 if (bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo)
9389 if ((*bed->elf_backend_grok_psinfo) (abfd, note))
9391 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9392 return elfcore_grok_psinfo (abfd, note);
9399 asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".auxv",
9404 sect->size = note->descsz;
9405 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
9406 sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32;
9412 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.linuxcore.file",
9416 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.linuxcore.siginfo",
9419 case NT_FREEBSD_THRMISC:
9420 if (note->namesz == 8
9421 && strcmp (note->namedata, "FreeBSD") == 0)
9422 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".thrmisc", note);
9429 elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9431 struct bfd_build_id* build_id;
9433 if (note->descsz == 0)
9436 build_id = bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (struct bfd_build_id) - 1 + note->descsz);
9437 if (build_id == NULL)
9440 build_id->size = note->descsz;
9441 memcpy (build_id->data, note->descdata, note->descsz);
9442 abfd->build_id = build_id;
9448 elfobj_grok_gnu_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9455 case NT_GNU_BUILD_ID:
9456 return elfobj_grok_gnu_build_id (abfd, note);
9461 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9463 struct sdt_note *cur =
9464 (struct sdt_note *) bfd_alloc (abfd, sizeof (struct sdt_note)
9467 cur->next = (struct sdt_note *) (elf_tdata (abfd))->sdt_note_head;
9468 cur->size = (bfd_size_type) note->descsz;
9469 memcpy (cur->data, note->descdata, note->descsz);
9471 elf_tdata (abfd)->sdt_note_head = cur;
9477 elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9482 return elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note_1 (abfd, note);
9490 elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (Elf_Internal_Note *note, int *lwpidp)
9494 cp = strchr (note->namedata, '@');
9497 *lwpidp = atoi(cp + 1);
9504 elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9506 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
9507 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal
9508 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x08);
9510 /* Process ID at offset 0x50. */
9511 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid
9512 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x50);
9514 /* Command name at 0x7c (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
9515 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
9516 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 0x7c, 31);
9518 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".note.netbsdcore.procinfo",
9523 elfcore_grok_netbsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9527 if (elfcore_netbsd_get_lwpid (note, &lwp))
9528 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = lwp;
9530 if (note->type == NT_NETBSDCORE_PROCINFO)
9532 /* NetBSD-specific core "procinfo". Note that we expect to
9533 find this note before any of the others, which is fine,
9534 since the kernel writes this note out first when it
9535 creates a core file. */
9537 return elfcore_grok_netbsd_procinfo (abfd, note);
9540 /* As of Jan 2002 there are no other machine-independent notes
9541 defined for NetBSD core files. If the note type is less
9542 than the start of the machine-dependent note types, we don't
9545 if (note->type < NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH)
9549 switch (bfd_get_arch (abfd))
9551 /* On the Alpha, SPARC (32-bit and 64-bit), PT_GETREGS == mach+0 and
9552 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+2. */
9554 case bfd_arch_alpha:
9555 case bfd_arch_sparc:
9558 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+0:
9559 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
9561 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+2:
9562 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
9568 /* On all other arch's, PT_GETREGS == mach+1 and
9569 PT_GETFPREGS == mach+3. */
9574 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+1:
9575 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
9577 case NT_NETBSDCORE_FIRSTMACH+3:
9578 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
9588 elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9590 /* Signal number at offset 0x08. */
9591 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal
9592 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x08);
9594 /* Process ID at offset 0x20. */
9595 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid
9596 = bfd_h_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) note->descdata + 0x20);
9598 /* Command name at 0x48 (max 32 bytes, including nul). */
9599 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->command
9600 = _bfd_elfcore_strndup (abfd, note->descdata + 0x48, 31);
9606 elfcore_grok_openbsd_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9608 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_PROCINFO)
9609 return elfcore_grok_openbsd_procinfo (abfd, note);
9611 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_REGS)
9612 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg", note);
9614 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_FPREGS)
9615 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg2", note);
9617 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_XFPREGS)
9618 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".reg-xfp", note);
9620 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_AUXV)
9622 asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".auxv",
9627 sect->size = note->descsz;
9628 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
9629 sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32;
9634 if (note->type == NT_OPENBSD_WCOOKIE)
9636 asection *sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, ".wcookie",
9641 sect->size = note->descsz;
9642 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
9643 sect->alignment_power = 1 + bfd_get_arch_size (abfd) / 32;
9652 elfcore_grok_nto_status (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note, long *tid)
9654 void *ddata = note->descdata;
9661 /* nto_procfs_status 'pid' field is at offset 0. */
9662 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->pid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata);
9664 /* nto_procfs_status 'tid' field is at offset 4. Pass it back. */
9665 *tid = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 4);
9667 /* nto_procfs_status 'flags' field is at offset 8. */
9668 flags = bfd_get_32 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 8);
9670 /* nto_procfs_status 'what' field is at offset 14. */
9671 if ((sig = bfd_get_16 (abfd, (bfd_byte *) ddata + 14)) > 0)
9673 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->signal = sig;
9674 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = *tid;
9677 /* _DEBUG_FLAG_CURTID (current thread) is 0x80. Some cores
9678 do not come from signals so we make sure we set the current
9679 thread just in case. */
9680 if (flags & 0x00000080)
9681 elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid = *tid;
9683 /* Make a ".qnx_core_status/%d" section. */
9684 sprintf (buf, ".qnx_core_status/%ld", *tid);
9686 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
9691 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
9695 sect->size = note->descsz;
9696 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
9697 sect->alignment_power = 2;
9699 return (elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, ".qnx_core_status", sect));
9703 elfcore_grok_nto_regs (bfd *abfd,
9704 Elf_Internal_Note *note,
9712 /* Make a "(base)/%d" section. */
9713 sprintf (buf, "%s/%ld", base, tid);
9715 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, strlen (buf) + 1);
9720 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
9724 sect->size = note->descsz;
9725 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
9726 sect->alignment_power = 2;
9728 /* This is the current thread. */
9729 if (elf_tdata (abfd)->core->lwpid == tid)
9730 return elfcore_maybe_make_sect (abfd, base, sect);
9735 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO 7
9736 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS 8
9737 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG 9
9738 #define BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG 10
9741 elfcore_grok_nto_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9743 /* Every GREG section has a STATUS section before it. Store the
9744 tid from the previous call to pass down to the next gregs
9746 static long tid = 1;
9750 case BFD_QNT_CORE_INFO:
9751 return elfcore_make_note_pseudosection (abfd, ".qnx_core_info", note);
9752 case BFD_QNT_CORE_STATUS:
9753 return elfcore_grok_nto_status (abfd, note, &tid);
9754 case BFD_QNT_CORE_GREG:
9755 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg");
9756 case BFD_QNT_CORE_FPREG:
9757 return elfcore_grok_nto_regs (abfd, note, tid, ".reg2");
9764 elfcore_grok_spu_note (bfd *abfd, Elf_Internal_Note *note)
9770 /* Use note name as section name. */
9772 name = (char *) bfd_alloc (abfd, len);
9775 memcpy (name, note->namedata, len);
9776 name[len - 1] = '\0';
9778 sect = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd, name, SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
9782 sect->size = note->descsz;
9783 sect->filepos = note->descpos;
9784 sect->alignment_power = 1;
9789 /* Function: elfcore_write_note
9792 buffer to hold note, and current size of buffer
9796 size of data for note
9798 Writes note to end of buffer. ELF64 notes are written exactly as
9799 for ELF32, despite the current (as of 2006) ELF gabi specifying
9800 that they ought to have 8-byte namesz and descsz field, and have
9801 8-byte alignment. Other writers, eg. Linux kernel, do the same.
9804 Pointer to realloc'd buffer, *BUFSIZ updated. */
9807 elfcore_write_note (bfd *abfd,
9815 Elf_External_Note *xnp;
9822 namesz = strlen (name) + 1;
9824 newspace = 12 + ((namesz + 3) & -4) + ((size + 3) & -4);
9826 buf = (char *) realloc (buf, *bufsiz + newspace);
9829 dest = buf + *bufsiz;
9830 *bufsiz += newspace;
9831 xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) dest;
9832 H_PUT_32 (abfd, namesz, xnp->namesz);
9833 H_PUT_32 (abfd, size, xnp->descsz);
9834 H_PUT_32 (abfd, type, xnp->type);
9838 memcpy (dest, name, namesz);
9846 memcpy (dest, input, size);
9857 elfcore_write_prpsinfo (bfd *abfd,
9863 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
9865 if (bed->elf_backend_write_core_note != NULL)
9868 ret = (*bed->elf_backend_write_core_note) (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9869 NT_PRPSINFO, fname, psargs);
9874 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9875 #if defined (HAVE_PRPSINFO32_T) || defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
9876 if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
9878 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO32_T)
9880 int note_type = NT_PSINFO;
9883 int note_type = NT_PRPSINFO;
9886 memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data));
9887 strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname));
9888 strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs));
9889 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9890 "CORE", note_type, &data, sizeof (data));
9895 #if defined (HAVE_PSINFO_T)
9897 int note_type = NT_PSINFO;
9900 int note_type = NT_PRPSINFO;
9903 memset (&data, 0, sizeof (data));
9904 strncpy (data.pr_fname, fname, sizeof (data.pr_fname));
9905 strncpy (data.pr_psargs, psargs, sizeof (data.pr_psargs));
9906 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9907 "CORE", note_type, &data, sizeof (data));
9909 #endif /* PSINFO_T or PRPSINFO_T */
9916 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo32
9917 (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz,
9918 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo *prpsinfo)
9920 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo32 data;
9922 swap_linux_prpsinfo32_out (abfd, prpsinfo, &data);
9923 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO,
9924 &data, sizeof (data));
9928 elfcore_write_linux_prpsinfo64
9929 (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz,
9930 const struct elf_internal_linux_prpsinfo *prpsinfo)
9932 struct elf_external_linux_prpsinfo64 data;
9934 swap_linux_prpsinfo64_out (abfd, prpsinfo, &data);
9935 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9936 "CORE", NT_PRPSINFO, &data, sizeof (data));
9940 elfcore_write_prstatus (bfd *abfd,
9947 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
9949 if (bed->elf_backend_write_core_note != NULL)
9952 ret = (*bed->elf_backend_write_core_note) (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
9954 pid, cursig, gregs);
9959 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS_T)
9960 #if defined (HAVE_PRSTATUS32_T)
9961 if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
9963 prstatus32_t prstat;
9965 memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat));
9966 prstat.pr_pid = pid;
9967 prstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
9968 memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg));
9969 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE",
9970 NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat));
9977 memset (&prstat, 0, sizeof (prstat));
9978 prstat.pr_pid = pid;
9979 prstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
9980 memcpy (&prstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (prstat.pr_reg));
9981 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, "CORE",
9982 NT_PRSTATUS, &prstat, sizeof (prstat));
9984 #endif /* HAVE_PRSTATUS_T */
9990 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T)
9992 elfcore_write_lwpstatus (bfd *abfd,
9999 lwpstatus_t lwpstat;
10000 const char *note_name = "CORE";
10002 memset (&lwpstat, 0, sizeof (lwpstat));
10003 lwpstat.pr_lwpid = pid >> 16;
10004 lwpstat.pr_cursig = cursig;
10005 #if defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_REG)
10006 memcpy (&lwpstat.pr_reg, gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_reg));
10007 #elif defined (HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T_PR_CONTEXT)
10008 #if !defined(gregs)
10009 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs,
10010 gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.gregs));
10012 memcpy (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs,
10013 gregs, sizeof (lwpstat.pr_context.uc_mcontext.__gregs));
10016 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
10017 NT_LWPSTATUS, &lwpstat, sizeof (lwpstat));
10019 #endif /* HAVE_LWPSTATUS_T */
10021 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS_T)
10023 elfcore_write_pstatus (bfd *abfd,
10027 int cursig ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
10028 const void *gregs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
10030 const char *note_name = "CORE";
10031 #if defined (HAVE_PSTATUS32_T)
10032 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
10034 if (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS32)
10038 memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat));
10039 pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff;
10040 buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
10041 NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat));
10049 memset (&pstat, 0, sizeof (pstat));
10050 pstat.pr_pid = pid & 0xffff;
10051 buf = elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz, note_name,
10052 NT_PSTATUS, &pstat, sizeof (pstat));
10056 #endif /* HAVE_PSTATUS_T */
10059 elfcore_write_prfpreg (bfd *abfd,
10062 const void *fpregs,
10065 const char *note_name = "CORE";
10066 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10067 note_name, NT_FPREGSET, fpregs, size);
10071 elfcore_write_prxfpreg (bfd *abfd,
10074 const void *xfpregs,
10077 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10078 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10079 note_name, NT_PRXFPREG, xfpregs, size);
10083 elfcore_write_xstatereg (bfd *abfd, char *buf, int *bufsiz,
10084 const void *xfpregs, int size)
10087 if (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_osabi == ELFOSABI_FREEBSD)
10088 note_name = "FreeBSD";
10090 note_name = "LINUX";
10091 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10092 note_name, NT_X86_XSTATE, xfpregs, size);
10096 elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (bfd *abfd,
10099 const void *ppc_vmx,
10102 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10103 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10104 note_name, NT_PPC_VMX, ppc_vmx, size);
10108 elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (bfd *abfd,
10111 const void *ppc_vsx,
10114 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10115 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10116 note_name, NT_PPC_VSX, ppc_vsx, size);
10120 elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (bfd *abfd,
10123 const void *s390_high_gprs,
10126 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10127 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10128 note_name, NT_S390_HIGH_GPRS,
10129 s390_high_gprs, size);
10133 elfcore_write_s390_timer (bfd *abfd,
10136 const void *s390_timer,
10139 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10140 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10141 note_name, NT_S390_TIMER, s390_timer, size);
10145 elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (bfd *abfd,
10148 const void *s390_todcmp,
10151 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10152 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10153 note_name, NT_S390_TODCMP, s390_todcmp, size);
10157 elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (bfd *abfd,
10160 const void *s390_todpreg,
10163 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10164 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10165 note_name, NT_S390_TODPREG, s390_todpreg, size);
10169 elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (bfd *abfd,
10172 const void *s390_ctrs,
10175 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10176 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10177 note_name, NT_S390_CTRS, s390_ctrs, size);
10181 elfcore_write_s390_prefix (bfd *abfd,
10184 const void *s390_prefix,
10187 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10188 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10189 note_name, NT_S390_PREFIX, s390_prefix, size);
10193 elfcore_write_s390_last_break (bfd *abfd,
10196 const void *s390_last_break,
10199 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10200 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10201 note_name, NT_S390_LAST_BREAK,
10202 s390_last_break, size);
10206 elfcore_write_s390_system_call (bfd *abfd,
10209 const void *s390_system_call,
10212 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10213 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10214 note_name, NT_S390_SYSTEM_CALL,
10215 s390_system_call, size);
10219 elfcore_write_s390_tdb (bfd *abfd,
10222 const void *s390_tdb,
10225 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10226 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10227 note_name, NT_S390_TDB, s390_tdb, size);
10231 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (bfd *abfd,
10234 const void *s390_vxrs_low,
10237 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10238 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10239 note_name, NT_S390_VXRS_LOW, s390_vxrs_low, size);
10243 elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (bfd *abfd,
10246 const void *s390_vxrs_high,
10249 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10250 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10251 note_name, NT_S390_VXRS_HIGH,
10252 s390_vxrs_high, size);
10256 elfcore_write_arm_vfp (bfd *abfd,
10259 const void *arm_vfp,
10262 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10263 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10264 note_name, NT_ARM_VFP, arm_vfp, size);
10268 elfcore_write_aarch_tls (bfd *abfd,
10271 const void *aarch_tls,
10274 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10275 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10276 note_name, NT_ARM_TLS, aarch_tls, size);
10280 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (bfd *abfd,
10283 const void *aarch_hw_break,
10286 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10287 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10288 note_name, NT_ARM_HW_BREAK, aarch_hw_break, size);
10292 elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (bfd *abfd,
10295 const void *aarch_hw_watch,
10298 char *note_name = "LINUX";
10299 return elfcore_write_note (abfd, buf, bufsiz,
10300 note_name, NT_ARM_HW_WATCH, aarch_hw_watch, size);
10304 elfcore_write_register_note (bfd *abfd,
10307 const char *section,
10311 if (strcmp (section, ".reg2") == 0)
10312 return elfcore_write_prfpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10313 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-xfp") == 0)
10314 return elfcore_write_prxfpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10315 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-xstate") == 0)
10316 return elfcore_write_xstatereg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10317 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-vmx") == 0)
10318 return elfcore_write_ppc_vmx (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10319 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-ppc-vsx") == 0)
10320 return elfcore_write_ppc_vsx (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10321 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-high-gprs") == 0)
10322 return elfcore_write_s390_high_gprs (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10323 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-timer") == 0)
10324 return elfcore_write_s390_timer (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10325 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-todcmp") == 0)
10326 return elfcore_write_s390_todcmp (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10327 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-todpreg") == 0)
10328 return elfcore_write_s390_todpreg (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10329 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-ctrs") == 0)
10330 return elfcore_write_s390_ctrs (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10331 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-prefix") == 0)
10332 return elfcore_write_s390_prefix (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10333 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-last-break") == 0)
10334 return elfcore_write_s390_last_break (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10335 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-system-call") == 0)
10336 return elfcore_write_s390_system_call (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10337 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-tdb") == 0)
10338 return elfcore_write_s390_tdb (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10339 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-vxrs-low") == 0)
10340 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_low (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10341 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-s390-vxrs-high") == 0)
10342 return elfcore_write_s390_vxrs_high (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10343 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-arm-vfp") == 0)
10344 return elfcore_write_arm_vfp (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10345 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-aarch-tls") == 0)
10346 return elfcore_write_aarch_tls (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10347 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-aarch-hw-break") == 0)
10348 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_break (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10349 if (strcmp (section, ".reg-aarch-hw-watch") == 0)
10350 return elfcore_write_aarch_hw_watch (abfd, buf, bufsiz, data, size);
10355 elf_parse_notes (bfd *abfd, char *buf, size_t size, file_ptr offset)
10360 while (p < buf + size)
10362 /* FIXME: bad alignment assumption. */
10363 Elf_External_Note *xnp = (Elf_External_Note *) p;
10364 Elf_Internal_Note in;
10366 if (offsetof (Elf_External_Note, name) > buf - p + size)
10369 in.type = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->type);
10371 in.namesz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->namesz);
10372 in.namedata = xnp->name;
10373 if (in.namesz > buf - in.namedata + size)
10376 in.descsz = H_GET_32 (abfd, xnp->descsz);
10377 in.descdata = in.namedata + BFD_ALIGN (in.namesz, 4);
10378 in.descpos = offset + (in.descdata - buf);
10380 && (in.descdata >= buf + size
10381 || in.descsz > buf - in.descdata + size))
10384 switch (bfd_get_format (abfd))
10391 #define GROKER_ELEMENT(S,F) {S, sizeof (S) - 1, F}
10394 const char * string;
10396 bfd_boolean (* func)(bfd *, Elf_Internal_Note *);
10400 GROKER_ELEMENT ("", elfcore_grok_note),
10401 GROKER_ELEMENT ("NetBSD-CORE", elfcore_grok_netbsd_note),
10402 GROKER_ELEMENT ( "OpenBSD", elfcore_grok_openbsd_note),
10403 GROKER_ELEMENT ("QNX", elfcore_grok_nto_note),
10404 GROKER_ELEMENT ("SPU/", elfcore_grok_spu_note)
10406 #undef GROKER_ELEMENT
10409 for (i = ARRAY_SIZE (grokers); i--;)
10411 if (in.namesz >= grokers[i].len
10412 && strncmp (in.namedata, grokers[i].string,
10413 grokers[i].len) == 0)
10415 if (! grokers[i].func (abfd, & in))
10424 if (in.namesz == sizeof "GNU" && strcmp (in.namedata, "GNU") == 0)
10426 if (! elfobj_grok_gnu_note (abfd, &in))
10429 else if (in.namesz == sizeof "stapsdt"
10430 && strcmp (in.namedata, "stapsdt") == 0)
10432 if (! elfobj_grok_stapsdt_note (abfd, &in))
10438 p = in.descdata + BFD_ALIGN (in.descsz, 4);
10445 elf_read_notes (bfd *abfd, file_ptr offset, bfd_size_type size)
10452 if (bfd_seek (abfd, offset, SEEK_SET) != 0)
10455 buf = (char *) bfd_malloc (size + 1);
10459 /* PR 17512: file: ec08f814
10460 0-termintate the buffer so that string searches will not overflow. */
10463 if (bfd_bread (buf, size, abfd) != size
10464 || !elf_parse_notes (abfd, buf, size, offset))
10474 /* Providing external access to the ELF program header table. */
10476 /* Return an upper bound on the number of bytes required to store a
10477 copy of ABFD's program header table entries. Return -1 if an error
10478 occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
10481 bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound (bfd *abfd)
10483 if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
10485 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
10489 return elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr);
10492 /* Copy ABFD's program header table entries to *PHDRS. The entries
10493 will be stored as an array of Elf_Internal_Phdr structures, as
10494 defined in include/elf/internal.h. To find out how large the
10495 buffer needs to be, call bfd_get_elf_phdr_upper_bound.
10497 Return the number of program header table entries read, or -1 if an
10498 error occurs; bfd_get_error will return an appropriate code. */
10501 bfd_get_elf_phdrs (bfd *abfd, void *phdrs)
10505 if (abfd->xvec->flavour != bfd_target_elf_flavour)
10507 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_wrong_format);
10511 num_phdrs = elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_phnum;
10512 memcpy (phdrs, elf_tdata (abfd)->phdr,
10513 num_phdrs * sizeof (Elf_Internal_Phdr));
10518 enum elf_reloc_type_class
10519 _bfd_elf_reloc_type_class (const struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
10520 const asection *rel_sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
10521 const Elf_Internal_Rela *rela ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
10523 return reloc_class_normal;
10526 /* For RELA architectures, return the relocation value for a
10527 relocation against a local symbol. */
10530 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (bfd *abfd,
10531 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
10533 Elf_Internal_Rela *rel)
10535 asection *sec = *psec;
10536 bfd_vma relocation;
10538 relocation = (sec->output_section->vma
10539 + sec->output_offset
10541 if ((sec->flags & SEC_MERGE)
10542 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym->st_info) == STT_SECTION
10543 && sec->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
10546 _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec,
10547 elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
10548 sym->st_value + rel->r_addend);
10551 /* If we have changed the section, and our original section is
10552 marked with SEC_EXCLUDE, it means that the original
10553 SEC_MERGE section has been completely subsumed in some
10554 other SEC_MERGE section. In this case, we need to leave
10555 some info around for --emit-relocs. */
10556 if ((sec->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
10557 sec->kept_section = *psec;
10560 rel->r_addend -= relocation;
10561 rel->r_addend += sec->output_section->vma + sec->output_offset;
10567 _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (bfd *abfd,
10568 Elf_Internal_Sym *sym,
10572 asection *sec = *psec;
10574 if (sec->sec_info_type != SEC_INFO_TYPE_MERGE)
10575 return sym->st_value + addend;
10577 return _bfd_merged_section_offset (abfd, psec,
10578 elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
10579 sym->st_value + addend);
10582 /* Adjust an address within a section. Given OFFSET within SEC, return
10583 the new offset within the section, based upon changes made to the
10584 section. Returns -1 if the offset is now invalid.
10585 The offset (in abnd out) is in target sized bytes, however big a
10589 _bfd_elf_section_offset (bfd *abfd,
10590 struct bfd_link_info *info,
10594 switch (sec->sec_info_type)
10596 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_STABS:
10597 return _bfd_stab_section_offset (sec, elf_section_data (sec)->sec_info,
10599 case SEC_INFO_TYPE_EH_FRAME:
10600 return _bfd_elf_eh_frame_section_offset (abfd, info, sec, offset);
10603 if ((sec->flags & SEC_ELF_REVERSE_COPY) != 0)
10605 /* Reverse the offset. */
10606 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
10607 bfd_size_type address_size = bed->s->arch_size / 8;
10609 /* address_size and sec->size are in octets. Convert
10610 to bytes before subtracting the original offset. */
10611 offset = (sec->size - address_size) / bfd_octets_per_byte (abfd) - offset;
10617 /* Create a new BFD as if by bfd_openr. Rather than opening a file,
10618 reconstruct an ELF file by reading the segments out of remote memory
10619 based on the ELF file header at EHDR_VMA and the ELF program headers it
10620 points to. If not null, *LOADBASEP is filled in with the difference
10621 between the VMAs from which the segments were read, and the VMAs the
10622 file headers (and hence BFD's idea of each section's VMA) put them at.
10624 The function TARGET_READ_MEMORY is called to copy LEN bytes from the
10625 remote memory at target address VMA into the local buffer at MYADDR; it
10626 should return zero on success or an `errno' code on failure. TEMPL must
10627 be a BFD for an ELF target with the word size and byte order found in
10628 the remote memory. */
10631 bfd_elf_bfd_from_remote_memory
10634 bfd_size_type size,
10635 bfd_vma *loadbasep,
10636 int (*target_read_memory) (bfd_vma, bfd_byte *, bfd_size_type))
10638 return (*get_elf_backend_data (templ)->elf_backend_bfd_from_remote_memory)
10639 (templ, ehdr_vma, size, loadbasep, target_read_memory);
10643 _bfd_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd *abfd,
10644 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
10645 asymbol **syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
10650 const struct elf_backend_data *bed = get_elf_backend_data (abfd);
10653 const char *relplt_name;
10654 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs) (bfd *, asection *, asymbol **, bfd_boolean);
10658 Elf_Internal_Shdr *hdr;
10664 if ((abfd->flags & (DYNAMIC | EXEC_P)) == 0)
10667 if (dynsymcount <= 0)
10670 if (!bed->plt_sym_val)
10673 relplt_name = bed->relplt_name;
10674 if (relplt_name == NULL)
10675 relplt_name = bed->rela_plts_and_copies_p ? ".rela.plt" : ".rel.plt";
10676 relplt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, relplt_name);
10677 if (relplt == NULL)
10680 hdr = &elf_section_data (relplt)->this_hdr;
10681 if (hdr->sh_link != elf_dynsymtab (abfd)
10682 || (hdr->sh_type != SHT_REL && hdr->sh_type != SHT_RELA))
10685 plt = bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd, ".plt");
10689 slurp_relocs = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->slurp_reloc_table;
10690 if (! (*slurp_relocs) (abfd, relplt, dynsyms, TRUE))
10693 count = relplt->size / hdr->sh_entsize;
10694 size = count * sizeof (asymbol);
10695 p = relplt->relocation;
10696 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p += bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel)
10698 size += strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name) + sizeof ("@plt");
10699 if (p->addend != 0)
10702 size += sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8 + 8 * (bed->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64);
10704 size += sizeof ("+0x") - 1 + 8;
10709 s = *ret = (asymbol *) bfd_malloc (size);
10713 names = (char *) (s + count);
10714 p = relplt->relocation;
10716 for (i = 0; i < count; i++, p += bed->s->int_rels_per_ext_rel)
10721 addr = bed->plt_sym_val (i, plt, p);
10722 if (addr == (bfd_vma) -1)
10725 *s = **p->sym_ptr_ptr;
10726 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
10727 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
10728 if ((s->flags & BSF_LOCAL) == 0)
10729 s->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
10730 s->flags |= BSF_SYNTHETIC;
10732 s->value = addr - plt->vma;
10735 len = strlen ((*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name);
10736 memcpy (names, (*p->sym_ptr_ptr)->name, len);
10738 if (p->addend != 0)
10742 memcpy (names, "+0x", sizeof ("+0x") - 1);
10743 names += sizeof ("+0x") - 1;
10744 bfd_sprintf_vma (abfd, buf, p->addend);
10745 for (a = buf; *a == '0'; ++a)
10748 memcpy (names, a, len);
10751 memcpy (names, "@plt", sizeof ("@plt"));
10752 names += sizeof ("@plt");
10759 /* It is only used by x86-64 so far. */
10760 asection _bfd_elf_large_com_section
10761 = BFD_FAKE_SECTION (_bfd_elf_large_com_section,
10762 SEC_IS_COMMON, NULL, "LARGE_COMMON", 0);
10765 _bfd_elf_post_process_headers (bfd * abfd,
10766 struct bfd_link_info * link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
10768 Elf_Internal_Ehdr * i_ehdrp; /* ELF file header, internal form. */
10770 i_ehdrp = elf_elfheader (abfd);
10772 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] = get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_osabi;
10774 /* To make things simpler for the loader on Linux systems we set the
10775 osabi field to ELFOSABI_GNU if the binary contains symbols of
10776 the STT_GNU_IFUNC type or STB_GNU_UNIQUE binding. */
10777 if (i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] == ELFOSABI_NONE
10778 && elf_tdata (abfd)->has_gnu_symbols)
10779 i_ehdrp->e_ident[EI_OSABI] = ELFOSABI_GNU;
10783 /* Return TRUE for ELF symbol types that represent functions.
10784 This is the default version of this function, which is sufficient for
10785 most targets. It returns true if TYPE is STT_FUNC or STT_GNU_IFUNC. */
10788 _bfd_elf_is_function_type (unsigned int type)
10790 return (type == STT_FUNC
10791 || type == STT_GNU_IFUNC);
10794 /* If the ELF symbol SYM might be a function in SEC, return the
10795 function size and set *CODE_OFF to the function's entry point,
10796 otherwise return zero. */
10799 _bfd_elf_maybe_function_sym (const asymbol *sym, asection *sec,
10802 bfd_size_type size;
10804 if ((sym->flags & (BSF_SECTION_SYM | BSF_FILE | BSF_OBJECT
10805 | BSF_THREAD_LOCAL | BSF_RELC | BSF_SRELC)) != 0
10806 || sym->section != sec)
10809 *code_off = sym->value;
10811 if (!(sym->flags & BSF_SYNTHETIC))
10812 size = ((elf_symbol_type *) sym)->internal_elf_sym.st_size;